Search filter
Filter
Reset- Installation drawing (1009)
- Product data sheet (917)
- Installation instructions (323)
- Tender texts (277)
- 3D model (181)
- Product scale drawing (159)
- Certificate (112)
- Declarations of performance (96)
- Declaration of conformity (89)
- Cable plan (75)
- Environmental declaration (51)
- Wiring diagram (45)
- User manual (34)
- Supplementary sheet (26)
- Product brochure (22)
- Flyer/folder (21)
- Declaration of incorporation (19)
- Inspection certificate (13)
- Type examination certificate (8)
- T&C / Data Protection (8)
- Software (5)
- Supplier information (4)
- Customer information (3)
- Safety analysis (2)
- Product shot (1)
- Evaluation/comment (1)
3501 results found
SWING DOOR Door closers with guide rail Door closers with guide rail … Contents Overview 04 Possible applications and combinations 06 FO R S IN GLE LEA F D O O R S TS 1500 G 10 TS 3000 V 16 TS 5000 ECline 24 TS 5000 30 TS 5000 SoftClose 39 TS 5000 E 49 TS 5000 R 57 FO R S IN GLE LEA F D O O R S W I TH F R EE S W I N G FUN CTI O N TS 5000 EFS 3-6 68 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 73 FO R D OU B LE LEA F D O O R S TS 5000 ISM ECline 80 TS 5000 ISM 88 TS 5000 E-ISM 97 TS 5000 R-ISM 107 FO R D OU B LE LEA F D O O R S W I TH F R EE S W I N G FUN CTI O N TS 5000 ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM 120 O PE N IN G R EST R I CT I O N T-stop guide rail 130 ACCES S OR IES RSZ … smoke switch control unit 138 FU RTHE R IN FO R M AT I O N Technology 142 Installation options 143 Product functions and information 144 General product information for door closers 145 Cover caps for GEZE door closers 146 … Door closers wi th guid e rail | Overview OVERV IE W TS 5000 ECline TS 5000 L ECline TS 5000 TS 5000 SoftClose TS 5000 L TS 5000 L SoftClose TS 5000 E TS 5000 L-E TS 5000 R TS 5000 L-R TS 5000 EFS 3-6 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 Approval for fire and smoke protection doors1 TS 3000 V TS 1500 G For single leaf doors ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm EN1 750 EN4 EN5 EN5 EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 FSA2 FSA2 FSA2 FSA2 FSA 1100 1250 1250 1100 1100 1100 1100 FL2 FSA FL2 Closing force acc. to EN 1154 … 1-4 3-6 Door leaf width (max.) in mm 750 1100 1250 1250 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 ● ● 3-5 3-5 2-6 2-6 2-6 3-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 3-6 POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Door leaf installation, hinge side Transom installation, hinge side3 Opening angle (max.) hinge side5 180° Door leaf installation, opposite hinge side Transom installation, opposite hinge side3 ● ● 180° 180° ● ● ● ● ● 180° 180° 180° ● ● ● Closing force, adjustable ● ● Back check, adjustable ●6 ●7 ● ● ● ● ● 180° 180° ● ● 180° ● … 180° ● … ● ● ●4 ●4 180° 180° ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●7 ●7 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● FUNCTIONS Hydraulic latching action, adjustable ● Delayed closing, adjustable Closing speed, adjustable ●8 ● ● ● ● ● Latching action speed, adjustable ● Opening assistance integrated Opening assistance can be switched off Flexible opening restrictor Mechanical hold-open device9 Electric hold-open device ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Electric hold-open device for free swing or hold-open magnet Smoke switch control unit integrated ● ● ● Mechanical closing sequence control, integrated ● = yes | ○ = optional … Valid for Germany. Regulations may differ for other countries and must therefore be determined from local provisions. In such cases, contact your local GEZE branch/representative. | … FSA = hold-open system; FSA FL = hold-open system with free swing | … For fire protection doors with corresponding proof of suitability | … Special model | … Opening angle (max.) opposite hinge side see chapter: General product functions and information | … Model TS 3000 V BC | … Back check in transom installation, opposite hinge side not effective | … Model TS 5000 S | … Can be retrofitted, not to fire and smoke protection doors … Overview | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 L-E-ISM-VPK1 TS 5000 R-ISM1 TS 5000 L-R-ISM1 TS 5000 L-R-ISM-VP1 FSA4 FSA4 (FSA FL) FSA4 FSA4 FSA4 (FSA FL) FSA4 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 TS 5000 E-ISM1 ● TS 5000 L-ISM-VPK1 ● TS 5000 L-ISM1 ● TS 5000 ISM1 ● TS 5000 L-ISM ECline1 ● TS 5000 ISM ECline1 TS 5000 L-E-ISM1 For double leaf doors ● ● ● ● ● ● Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm EN5 1250 EN5 1250 EN4/ 1100 EN5/ 12503 EN4/ 1100 EN5/ 12503 EN4 1100 Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3-5 3-5 2-6 2-6 Door leaf width (max.) in mm 1250 1250 1400 1400 Approval for fire and smoke protection doors2 POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Door leaf installation, hinge side ● ● ● ● Transom installation, hinge side5) Opening angle (max.) hinge side6) 180° Door leaf installation, opposite hinge side … 180° ● … 6 ● ● 180° … 6 ● ● 180° … 6 ● ● Transom installation, opposite hinge side5) FUNCTIONS Closing force, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Back check, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Hydraulic latching action, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○9 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Delayed closing, adjustable ●7 Closing speed, adjustable ● ● Opening assistance integrated ○8 ○8 Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Mechanical hold-open device10) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Opening assistance can be switched off Electric hold-open device Electric hold-open device for free swing or hold-open magnet ○ ○ ○ Smoke switch control unit, integrated Mechanical closing sequence control, integrated ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional … System solution consisting of … TS 5000 (L) overhead door closers and appropriate ISM , E-ISM or R-ISM guide rail for installation on the hinge or opposite hinge side (BG version) | … Valid for Germany. Regulations may differ for other countries and must therefore be determined from local provisions. In such cases, contact your local GEZE branch/representative. | … Closing force up to EN4 /1100 mm with standard and up to EN5/1250 mm with ECline closer | … FSA = holdopen system; FSA FL = hold-open system with free swing | … For fire protection doors with corresponding proof of suitability | … Opening angle (max.) on opposite hinge side, see chapter: General product functions and information | … Model TS 5000 S | … Available for the active leaf | … Only available to a limited extent | 10 Can be retrofitted, not to fire and smoke protection doors … Door closers wi th guid e rail | Possible applications and combinations POSSIB LE A PP L ICATI O N S A N D C O M B I N AT IO N S FO R THE TS … 000 SYSTE M Leaf installation hinge side double leaf1 Leaf installation hinge side single leaf CLOSER SYSTEM TS 5000 ECline TS 5000 / TS 5000 SoftClose TS 5000 E TS 5000 R TS 5000 EFS 3-6 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 TS 5000 ISM ECline TS 5000 ISM TS 5000 E-ISM TS 5000 R-ISM Type of installation Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm EN5 1250 EN4 1100 FSA2 FSA2 FSA FL2 FSA FL2 EN5 1250 EN4 1100 FSA2 FSA (FL)2 Leaf width (max.) in mm 1250 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1250 1400 1400 1400 ● ● ●3 ●3 CLOSER BODY Complete package (closer + guide rail) ● TS 5000 ECline Closer body TS 5000 Closer body ●3 ●3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ○5 ○5 ○5 L4 L4 TS 5000 SoftClose Closer body TS 5000 S closer body with delayed closing TS 5000 E Hy closer body with electric hold-open function with lever for free swing GUIDE RAILS ECline guide rail Opening assistance ● BG6 Standard guide rail ● ● ● ● BG6 T-Stop guide rail Opening restrictor BG6 E guide rail Electric hold-open device ● BG6 R guide rail ● Smoke switch, power supply, electr. hold-open function BG6 ISM guide rail Integrated closing sequence control ● ● BG6 E-ISM guide rail Integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open function on both leaves ● BG6 R-ISM guide rail ● Integrated closing sequen ce control, smoke switch, BG6 power supply, electr. hold-open function on both leaves ACCESSORIES RSZ … smoke switch control unit ● Manual trigger switch ● Mechanical hold-open unit8 ● ● ● ● ●7 ● ●7 ● ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional … per leaf … closer body necessary | … FSA = hold-open system; FSA FL = hold-open system with free swing | … leaf width up to 1250 mm max. | … L = door closer on opposite hinge side | … various versions available, can be combined with free swing function | … BG = guide rail for opposite hinge side | … binding accessories | … not for fire protection doors Possible applications and combinations | Door closers with guide rail … POS S IB LE A PP L I CAT I O N S A N D C O M B I NAT I O N S FO R THE TS … 000 SYSTE M TS 5000 / TS 5000 SoftClose TS 5000 RFS KM 3-6 TS 5000 EFS KM 3-6 TS 5000 ECline 1250 1400 1400 1400 1250 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1250 1400 1400 1400 1250 1400 TS 5000 L Leaf width (max.) in mm TS 5000 L-ISM EN5 EN4 FSA2 FSA2 EN5 EN4 EN4 FSA2 FSA2 FSA2 EN5 EN4 FSA FSA EN5 EN4 1250 1100 1250 1100 1100 1250 1100 FL2 FL2 1250 1100 TS 5000 L-ISM ECline Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm TS 5000 L-R CLOSER SYSTEM TS 5000 L-E TS 5000 L ECline TS 5000 L-R-ISM TS 5000 L-E-ISM VPK TS 5000 L-E-ISM TS 5000 L-ISM VPK Leaf installation opposite hinge side double leaf1 TS 5000 L ECline Type of installation TS 5000 L / TS 5000 L SoftClose Leaf installation opposite hinge side single leaf Transom installation Transom installation opposite hinge side hinge side single leaf single leaf CLOSER BODY Complete package ● ● ● ● ● TS 5000 ECline Closer body L3 ● ●4 ●4 ● ● ● ●4 ●4 ● ● ● TS 5000 Closer body ● L3 ● ● ● TS 5000 SoftClose ● Closer body TS 5000 S Closer body with delayed closing ● TS 5000 E Hy Closer body with electric holdopen function with lever for free swingf GUIDE RAILS ECline guide rail Opening assistance ● Standard guide rail BG5 ● BG5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● T-Stop guide rail Opening restrictor ● BG5 ● ● E guide rail Electric hold-open device BG5 ● R guide rail Smoke switch, power supply, electr. hold-open function BG5 ● ISM guide rail Integrated closing sequence control BG5 ● ● E-ISM guide rail Integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open function on both leaves BG5 ● R-ISM guide rail Integrated closing sequen ce control, smoke switch, power supply, electr. hold-open function on both leaves BG5 ● ACCESSORIES RSZ … smoke switch control unit ● Manual trigger switch ● Mechanical hold-open unit7 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●6 ● ● ●6 ● = yes | ○ = optional … per leaf … closer body necessary | … FSA = hold-open system; FSA FL = hold-open system with free swing | … L = door closer on opposite hinge side | … up to max. 1250 mm leaf width | … BG = guide rail for opposite hinge side | … = binding accessories | … = not for fire protection doors … 9 SW ING D O OR For single leaf doors Overhead door closers with guide rails for single leaf singleaction doors are the ideal version if you want to close your door quietly, conveniently and, above all, safely. The simple and easy installation also makes subsequent commissioning child’s play. Be it closing force, back check, latching action, delayed closing or closing speed – you can control all functions easily and accessibly with various versions of our GEZE overhead door closers with guide rail. 10 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 1500 G TS 1500 G Overhead door closer with guide rail with a leaf width up to 750 mm AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 750 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Fixed closing force of EN1 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted from the front (except closing force) TS 1500 G | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 1500 G door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 … Leaf width recommended up to 750 mm Identical design for DIN-L and DIN-R ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Length 177 mm Overall depth 39 mm Height 50 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable No Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated No ● = yes | ○ = optional TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L Guide rail TS 1500 G Guide rail TS 1500 G/F PRODUCT FEATURES Length 390 mm Overall depth … mm Height … mm FUNCTIONS Opening restrictor integrated ○ ○ Hold-open unit integrated ○ Mechanical Hold-open unit can be switched on and off - ● Hold-open unit can be overridden - ● Hold-open angle 80 – 130° ● = yes | ○ = optional PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 30,5 25 390 370±0,2 50 93 177 39 TS 1500 G 11 12 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 1500 G D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 5 00 G VIEW 92 Installation example D I R ECT I N STALLATION 370±0,2 370±0,2 28 38±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation 38±0,2 60±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 39 14 38±0,2 14 176 39 14 39 28 60±0,2 176 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 370±0,2 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 28 33 58 16±0,2 33 16±0,2 130±0,2 ±0,2 120 370±0,2 58 16 33 58 28 130±0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 120 TS 1500 G | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 13 TRA N S OM IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 5 00 G V I EW 92 Installation example D I RECT I N STALLATION 60±0,2 14 370±0,2 38±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation 14 176 39 14 38±0,2 176 39 38±0,2 39 60±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 370±0,2 28 28 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 16±0,2 I NSTALLAT I O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 176 58 14 39 33 38 ±0,2 60±0,2 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 370±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 28 14 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 1500 G TS 15 … 0 G – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 1500 G door closer Closing force EN … (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 101792 white RAL 9016 101794 black RAL 9005 119575 acc. to RAL1 101875 silver-coloured 101885 white RAL 9016 101887 acc. to RAL1 101888 silver-coloured 101889 white RAL 9016 101891 acc. to RAL1 101892 Mounting plate guide rail for TS 1500 G silver-coloured 072333 acc. to RAL1 072355 Mounting plate door closer for TS 1500 silver-coloured 029682 white RAL 9016 029685 acc. to RAL1 029686 silver-coloured 080147 white RAL 9016 080149 acc. to RAL1 080150 Guide rail TS 1500 G With lever Guide rail TS 1500 G/F With mechanical hold-open device and lever INSTALLATION MATERIAL ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 1500, can only be used for door leaf installation Mechanical hold-open unit For standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors For riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG & Boxer … mm guide rail … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list 071924 069780 TS 1500 G | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 15 16 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 3000 V TS 3000 V Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1100 mm leaf width AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1100 mm leaf width Door leaf and transom installation on the hinge and opposite hinge side PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Adjustable closing force of EN1-4 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted from the front (except closing force) SP EC IAL V E R SI O N S FTS 3000 V with mechanical hold-open device with variable adjustment between 80° and 130° (not permissible on fire and smoke protection doors) TS 3000 V BC with back check which can be adjusted from the front TS 3000 V | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 17 TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 3000 V door closer TS 3000 V BC door closer TS 3000 EN3 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–4 2–4 … Leaf width recommended up to 1100 mm 1100 mm 950 mm ● ● Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● Length 226 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Yes, with variable adjustment No Closing speed adjustable ● ● ● No Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position At the side At the side Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Delayed closing integrated No - ● = yes | ○ = optional TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L Guide rail TS 5000/ TS 3000 vertically adjustable Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L PRODUCT FEATURES Length … mm … mm … mm 550 mm Overall depth … mm … mm 33 mm … mm Height … mm … mm 30 mm … mm FUNCTIONS Opening restrictor integrated ○ ○ ● ○ Hold-open unit integrated ○ ○ ○ ○ Height correction possible ● - - - ● = yes | ○ = optional 135 160 20 226 TS 3000 V 60 44 38 30,5 47 100 448,5 428,5 20,5 PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 18 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 3000 V D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 V VIEW 110 Installation example 15 135±0,2 130 38±1 44 ±0,1 15 33 120±1 44±0,1 44±0,1 428,5±0,2 38±1 428,5±0,2 38 ±1 120±1 15 D I R ECT I N STALLATION 130 135±0,2 160±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 65 ±1 I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 428,5±0,2 120±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 160±0,2 65±1 160±0,2 42±0,5 142±1 16±0,2 16±0,2 … 42±0,5 65±1 42 ±0,5 16 ±0,2 428,5±0,2 33 120±1 142±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 3000 V | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TRA N S OM IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 V V I EW 44 Installation example D I RECT I N STALLATION 135 +0,2 38 ±1 38 ±1 10 135 ±0,2 120 428,5 +0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 428,5 +0,2 10 38 ±1 44 ±0,1 44 ±0,1 44 ±0,2 10 Cross-section = direct installation 160 +0,2 90 ±1 90 ±1 160 +0,2 120 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 120 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 428,5 160 ±0,2 78 +1 10 10 65 +1 16 ±0,2 65 ±1 16 ±0,2 78 +1 160 ±0,2 65 ±1 10 16 ±0,2 I NSTALLAT I O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE +0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 428,5 +0,2 120 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 19 20 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 3000 V D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 V VIEW 24 Installation example D I R ECT I N STALLATION Cross-section = direct installation +0,2 428,5 140 135 ±0,2 44 ±0,1 10 +0,2 38 +1 428,5 10 38 +1 44 ±0,1 44 ± … 38 10 140 135 ±0,2 70 +1 160 +0,2 160 +0,2 70 +1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 140 +0,2 428,5 16 +0,2 65 160 +0,2 +0,2 140 58 +1 10 10 58 +1 428,5 16+ 0,2 65 80 26± … 39±1 30 10 ± … 40 160 +0,2 52 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door TS 3000 V | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TRA N S OM IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 V V I EW 110 Installation example D I RECT I N STALLATION 160 +0,2 44 –0,1 38 +1 15 428,5 +0,2 120 428,5 +0,2 120 Cross-section = direct installation 15 44 ±0,2 38 +1 15 44 –0,1 max. 20 38 ±1 160 +0,2 135 +0,2 130 +1 130 +1 135 +0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 120 16+0,2 16 +0,2 65 +1 65 +1 428,5 +0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 160 +0,2 142 +1 42 +0,5 160 +0,2 max.15 … 16 ±0,2 65 ±1 42 ±0,5 142 +1 42+0,5 I NSTALLAT I O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5 +0,2 120 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 21 22 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 3000 V TS 30 … 0 V – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 white RAL 9016 028350 black RAL 9005 119583 acc. to RAL2 028351 silver-coloured 109326 white RAL 9016 109328 black RAL 9005 208128 acc. to RAL2 109329 silver-coloured 102247 white RAL 9016 102307 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN 1-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 102308 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever silver-coloured 115191 acc. to RAL2 115192 Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 115193 acc. to RAL2 115194 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard, With lever silver-coloured 068221 white RAL 9016 015695 black RAL 9005 076490 stainless steel optic1 014945 acc. to RAL2 000773 silver-coloured 025655 white RAL 9016 029404 black RAL 9005 198812 stainless steel optic1 028732 acc. to RAL2 025656 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L Guide rail with lever,used with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 189148 acc. to RAL2 189149 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 white RAL 9016 108481 stainless steel optic1 102364 acc. to RAL2 102365 silver-coloured 102366 white RAL 9016 108482 stainless steel optic1 102367 acc. to RAL2 102368 silver-coloured 011230 white RAL 9016 011233 black RAL 9005 135237 acc. to RAL2 011234 silver-coloured 014835 white RAL 9016 014843 acc. to RAL2 014845 silver-coloured 124683 acc. to RAL2 124684 silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 acc. to RAL2 104515 Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard With lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side T-Stop guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side INSTALLATION MATERIAL Mounting plate door closer for TS 3000 With hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 3000/TS 2000 NV Mounting plate guide rail BG for standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail Mounting plate guide rail for standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail TS 3000 V | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 23 TS 30 … 0 V – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for standard guide rail silver-coloured 025657 white RAL 9016 030034 stainless steel optic1 028393 acc. to RAL2 025658 silver-coloured 115006 acc. to RAL2 115007 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ECline and T-Stop guide rail Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000/TS 3000/TS 2000 053134 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 3000/TS 2000, can only be used for door leaf installation Mechanical hold-open unit For standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors For riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG & Boxer … mm guide rail … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list TS 5000 R and TS 3000 V, Häussler Global Office GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany (Photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) silver-coloured 013487 white RAL 9016 014855 stainless steel 072769 brass 072770 acc. to RAL2 014856 071924 069780 24 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 ECline TS 5000 ECline Overhead door closer with guide rail for barrier-free single leaf doors up to 1250 mm leaf width with opening assistance AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1250 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 up to EN5 PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Adjustable closing force EN3-5 Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to EN5 (1250 mm leaf width) Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Opening assistance for easy opening and comfortable passing through of the door Opening assistance can be switched off for doors with wind load or pressure differences Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front and less installation time compared to standard systems SP EC IAL V E R SI O N S TS 5000 ECline with mechanical hold-open device with variable adjustment between 80° and 130° (not permissible on fire and smoke protection doors) TS 5000 S ECline door closer with delayed closing which can be adjusted from the front TS 5000 ECline | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 25 TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 ECline door closer TS 5000 L ECline door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–5 Leaf width recommended up to 1250 mm Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with ● Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154, DIN 18040 up to EN5 (1250 mm leaf width) Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable ● Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L ECline guide rail TS 5000 ECline guide rail TS 5000 BG Guide rail TS 5000/ T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Guide rail TS 5000/ TS 3000 T-Stop guide rail BG TS 3000 vertically Guide rail BG adjustable TS 5000/TS 3000 TS 5000/TS 3000 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L PRODUCT FEATURES Length … mm … mm … mm … mm 550 mm Overall depth 33 mm Height 30 mm … mm 33 mm … mm … mm … mm 30 mm … mm … mm - ○ ● ○ ○ FUNCTIONS Opening restrictor integrated No Optional ○ Height correction possible Hold-open unit integrated - Optional - - ● - Opening assistance can be switched off ● - - - - ● = yes | ○ = optional PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 452,5 428,5 20 47 135 160 287 TS 5000 ECline 60 44 110 38 30 33 26 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 ECline TS 500 … ECL IN E DO O R LEA F I N STALLAT I O N /HI N G E SI DE 30 120 428,5 15 38 43 D I R ECT I N STALLATION 110 130 44 120 428,5 135 160 … 135 160 … 130 … = Fitting dimensions DIN left | … = DIN right Cross-section = direct installation 30 428,5 120 42 65 43 I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 110 428,5 160 16 142 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 120 160 … 142 … = Fitting dimensions DIN left | … = DIN right TS 500 … L ECL IN E D O O R LEA F I N STALLAT I O N /O PPO SI TE HI N G E SI DE X max. 15mm D I R ECT I N STALLATION G 140 150 428,5 38 10 30 G X ≤ 80 > 80 ≤ 90 44 90 110 428,5 135 160 … Cross-section = direct installation G … = Fitting dimensions DIN right | … = DIN left … 135 160 110 27 TS 5000 ECline | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail X max. 15mm I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE G 140 150 428,5 10 30 G X ≤ 80 > 80 ≤ 90 65 90 428,5 122 G 16 160 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … 160 122 … = Fitting dimensions DIN right | … = DIN left TS … 0 … 0 ECL IN E T R A N SO M I N STALLAT I O N /O PPO SI TE HI N G E SI DE (BAC K CHEC K N OT EFFECTIVE) D I R ECT I N STALLATION 47 160 135 44 67 130 130 38 15 160 135 … 43 … 428,5 120 428,5 120 33 … = Fitting dimensions DIN right | … = DIN left Cross-section = direct installation I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 47 142 160 67 16 … 142 65 42 160 … 428,5 43 120 33 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … = Fitting dimensions DIN right | … = DIN left … 428,5 120 28 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 ECline TS 500 … L ECL IN E T R A N SO M I N STALLAT I O N HI N G E SI DE D I R ECT I N STALLATION 47 160 135 44 130 80 160 135 428,5 120 120 38 428,5 … 2 30 10 130 33 … = Fitting dimensions DIN left | … = DIN right Cross-section = direct installation I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 47 … 160 80 16 142 65 160 120 428,5 … 120 … 30 10 142 428,5 33 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … = Fitting dimensions DIN left | … = DIN right TS 500 … ECL IN E – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. ECline guide rail TS 5000 BG For use with TS 5000 L ECline door closer for door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143578 white RAL 9016 143579 stainless steel optic1 143580 acc. to RAL3 143582 silver-coloured 143572 white RAL 9016 143575 stainless steel optic1 143576 acc. to RAL3 143577 silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 acc. to RAL3 143643 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 acc. to RAL3 143651 ECline guide rail TS 5000 For use with TS 5000 ECline door closer, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN - 5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) TS 5000 ECline | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 29 TS … 0 … 0 ECL IN E – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard With lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 025655 white RAL 9016 029404 black RAL 9005 076490 stainless steel optic1 028732 acc. to RAL3 025656 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever silver-coloured 115191 acc. to RAL3 115192 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard With lever silver-coloured 068221 white RAL 9016 015695 stainless steel optic1 014945 acc. to RAL3 000773 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L Guide rail with lever, used with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 189148 acc. to RAL3 189149 T-Stop guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 102366 white RAL 9016 108482 stainless steel optic1 102367 acc. to RAL3 102368 silver-coloured 102363 white RAL 9016 108481 stainless steel optic1 102364 acc. to RAL3 102365 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever INSTALLATION MATERIAL Drilling template door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000/TS 3000/TS 2000 Glass clamping shoe door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 053134 silver-coloured 057126 white RAL 9016 009491 acc. to RAL3 009494 silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 acc. to RAL3 104515 Mounting plate guide rail BG For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rails silver-coloured 124683 acc. to RAL3 124684 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 black RAL 9005 076508 stainless steel optic1 137725 acc. to RAL3 029176 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For ECline and T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 115006 acc. to RAL3 115007 Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG For TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 049240 acc. to RAL3 104451 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 acc. to RAL3 000756 Mounting plate guide rail For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation Mechanical hold-open unit For ECline guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden2 … Only for dry rooms | … Use on fire protection doors not permissible | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 148820 30 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 TS 5000 Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Closing force adjustable of EN2-6 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front SP EC IAL V E R S I O N S TS 5000 with mechanical hold-open device, with variable adjustment between 80° and 130° (not permissible for use on fire and smoke protection doors) TS 5000 S door closer with delayed closing which can be adjusted from the front TS 5000 | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 31 TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 door closer TS 5000 S door closer TS 5000 L door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● ● Product tested in accordance with ● Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● ● Latching action adjustable ● Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Delayed closing integrated - ● Closing force adjustment position - Front Visual closing force display ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Length … mm … mm … mm 550 mm Overall depth … mm … mm 33 mm … mm Height … mm … mm 30 mm … mm ○ ○ ● ○ Hold-open unit integrated ○ ○ ○ ○ Height correction possible ● - - - PRODUCT FEATURES FUNCTIONS Opening restrictor integrated ● = yes | ○ = optional 47 135 160 20 287 TS 5000 60 44 38 30,5 100 448,5 428,5 20,5 PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 32 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 VIEW 110 Installation example D I R ECT I N STALLATION 38 ±1 44 ±0,1 44 ± … 38 ±1 33 15 44 ±0,1 Cross-section = direct installation 120 ±1 135 ±0,2 ± … 130 ±0,2 15 428,5 428,5 ± … 15 38 ±1 120 ±1 135 160 ± … 130 160 ±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 120 ±1 142 ±1 42 ±0,5 65 ±1 16 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 ±0,2 42 ±0,5 65 ±1 33 65 ±1 42 ±0,5 428,5 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 120 ±1 142 ±1 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 5000 | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail I NSTALLATI O N ON SLIM F RAMES 120 428,5 428,5 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 42 ±0,5 52 ±1 52 ±1 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 52 ±1 142 ±1 42 ±0,5 65 … 13 120 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TR A N S OM IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS … 000 L V I EW 110 Installation example 10 44 ±0,2 D I R ECT I N STALLATION 130±1 160±0,2 135±0,2 135±0,2 428,5±0,2 428,5±0,2 130±1 120 38 ±1 120 160±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 33 34 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 65 ±1 10 16 ±0,2 142±1 120 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160±0,2 160±0,2 428,5±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 142±1 428,5±0,2 120 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 L VIEW 90 Installation example D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5± 0,2 428,5± 0,2 140 44 ± … 38 10 140 Cross-section = direct installation 110 135± 0,2 160± 0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 135± 0,2 160± 0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 110 TS 5000 | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5± 0,2 428,5± 0,2 140 65±1 10 140 160± 0,2 16±0,2 122 160± 0,2 122 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I NSTALLATI O N WITH LINTEL CASING BRACKET 7,5 16 80 22,5 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate and lintel casing bracket TR A N S OM IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O S I TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 (BAC K CHEC K N OT EFFECTI VE) V IEW 110 Installation example 35 36 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 D I R ECT I N STALLATION 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 ±1 135 ±0,2 135 ±0,2 130 ±1 max. 20 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 120 ±0,2 38 ±1 44 ±0,2 15 120 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE max.15 … 120 160 ±0,2 160±0,2 428,5±0,2 428,5 142 ±1 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 65 ±1 42 ±0,5 142±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 120 TS 5000 | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 37 TS … 0 … 0 – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 black RAL 9005 076489 TS 5000 S door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with delayed closing and back check (without guide rail and lever) TS 5000 L door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 107935 white RAL 9016 107937 stainless steel face plate 137722 acc. to RAL2 107938 silver-coloured 027351 white RAL 9016 029400 stainless steel face plate 137723 black RAL 9005 119579 acc. to RAL2 027352 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever silver-coloured 115191 acc. to RAL2 115192 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 white RAL 9016 015695 black RAL 9005 076490 stainless steel optic1 014945 acc. to RAL2 000773 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L Guide rail with lever, used with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 189148 acc. to RAL2 189149 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 white RAL 9016 108481 stainless steel optic1 102364 acc. to RAL2 102365 Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 115193 acc. to RAL2 115194 Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard With lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 025655 white RAL 9016 029404 black RAL 9005 198812 stainless steel optic1 028732 acc. to RAL2 025656 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Drilling template door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000/TS 3000/TS 2000 Glass clamping shoe door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 053134 silver-coloured 057126 white RAL 9016 009491 acc. to RAL2 009494 Mounting plate guide rail For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 acc. to RAL2 104515 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 black RAL 9005 076508 stainless steel optic1 137725 galvanised 057956 acc. to RAL2 029176 38 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 TS 500 … – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG For TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 049240 acc. to RAL2 104451 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation Mechanical hold-open unit For standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors For riveted guide rails, standard guide rails BG & Boxer … mm guide rails 069780 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. TS 5000, Textile and Industry Museum, Augsburg, Germany (Photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) TS 5000 SoftClose | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 SoftClose Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with latching action and brake-to-stop function A R EAS O F A P P L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width Door leaf installation hinge side and transom installation opposite hinge side PR OD UCT F EATUR ES Closing force of EN2-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Latching action/smooth latching function via valve can be adjusted from the front Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front 39 40 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 SoftClose TECH N ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 SoftClose door closer TS 5000 L SoftClose door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–6 3–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Latching action speed integrated Yes, via valve to brake or accelerate the door between 15° und 0° Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● = yes | ○ = optional TECH N ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L … mm … mm … mm 550 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Length Overall depth … mm … mm 33 mm … mm Height … mm … mm 30 mm … mm ○ ○ ● ○ Hold-open unit integrated ○ ○ ○ ○ Height correction possible ● - - - FUNCTIONS Opening restriction integrated ● = yes | ○ = optional TS 5000 SoftClose | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 41 60 44 38 30,5 100 448,5 428,5 20,5 P R OD UCT SCALE D R AW I N G 47 135 160 20 287 TS 5000 SoftClose D OOR LEA F I N STALLAT I O N / H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 SO FTCLO SE VI EW 110 Installation example DI RECT I N STALLATION Cross-section = direct installation 130 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 38 ±1 120 ±1 44 ±0,1 44 ± … 38 ±1 33 15 44 ±0,1 ± … 135 160 ± … ±0,2 15 428,5 428,5 ± … 15 38 ±1 120 ±1 135 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 42 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 SoftClose I NSTALLATI O N W ITH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5 ±0,2 42 ±0,5 120 ±1 142 ±1 16 ±0,2 65 ±1 16 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 ±0,2 42 ±0,5 65 ±1 33 65 ±1 42 ±0,5 428,5 120 ±1 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLATI O N O N SLIM F RAMES 120 428,5 428,5 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 42 ±0,5 52 ±1 52 ±1 160 ±0,2 42 ±0,5 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 52 ±1 65 … 13 120 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 43 TS 5000 SoftClose | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail T R A N S OM I N STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L SO FTCLO SE VI EW 110 Installation example DI RECT I N STALLATION 10 44 ±0,2 130±1 160±0,2 135±0,2 135±0,2 428,5±0,2 428,5±0,2 130±1 120 38 ±1 120 160±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 65 ±1 10 16 ±0,2 I N STALLAT ION WITH MOUNTING PLATE Cross-section = Installation with mounting plate 142±1 120 160±0,2 160±0,2 428,5±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 428,5±0,2 142±1 120 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 44 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 SoftClose D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 L SO FTCLO SE VIEW 90 Installation example D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5± 0,2 428,5± 0,2 140 38 10 140 44 ± … 110 Cross-section = direct installation 135± 0,2 160± 0,2 135± 0,2 160± 0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 110 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5± 0,2 428,5± 0,2 140 65±1 10 140 160± 0,2 16±0,2 122 160± 0,2 122 … Cross-section = Installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 45 TS 5000 SoftClose | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail I N STALLAT ION WITH LINTEL CASING B RACKET 7,5 16 80 22,5 … T R A N S OM I N STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 SO FTCLO SE ( BACK CHEC K N OT E F F ECT I V E ) VI EW 110 Installation example DI RECT I N STALLATION 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 ±1 135 ±0,2 135 ±0,2 130 ±1 120 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 44 ±0,2 38 ±1 15 max. 20 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 120 46 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 SoftClose I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE max.15 … 120 160 ±0,2 160±0,2 428,5 428,5±0,2 142 ±1 ±0,2 120 16 ±0,2 65 ±1 42 ±0,5 142±1 Cross-section = Installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door TS 500 … S OFTCLO SE - O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 181792 white RAL 9016 183430 stainless steel face plate 183431 TS 5000 L SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 191209 white RAL 9016 191211 stainless steel face plate 191272 acc. to RAL2 191210 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever silver-coloured 115191 acc. to RAL2 115192 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 white RAL 9016 015695 black RAL 9005 076490 stainless steel optic1 014945 acc. to RAL2 000773 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L Guide rail with lever, used with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 189148 acc. to RAL2 189149 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 white RAL 9016 108481 stainless steel optic1 102364 acc. to RAL2 102365 Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 115193 acc. to RAL2 115194 Gleitschiene BG TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard Mit Hebel, Einsatz bei Schließer auf Blattmontage Bandgegenseite silver-coloured 025655 white RAL 9016 029404 black RAL 9005 198812 stainless steel optic1 028732 acc. to RAL2 025656 TS 5000 SoftClose | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 47 TS … 0 … 0 S O F TCLO SE - O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. INSTALLATION MATERIAL Drilling template door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000/TS 3000/TS 2000 Glass clamping shoe door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 Mounting plate guide rail For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG For TS 5000/TS 4000 053134 silver-coloured 057126 white RAL 9016 009491 acc. to RAL2 009494 silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 acc. to RAL2 104515 silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 black RAL 9005 076508 stainless steel optic 137725 galvanised 057956 acc. to RAL2 029176 silver-coloured 049240 acc. to RAL2 104451 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation Mechanical hold-open unit For standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors For riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG & Boxer … mm guide rail 069780 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 48 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 SoftClose TS 5000 E | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 49 TS 5000 E Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric hold-open device A R EAS OF A P P L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit P R OD UCT F EATU R ES Adjustable closing force of EN2-6 Operating voltage 24 V DC Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Electric hold-open device in the guide rail with hold-open area of 80°-130° Smoke switch control unit can be connected, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front Query whether the door leaf is held open via the potential-free contact of the electric hold-open device 50 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 E TECH N ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 door closer TS 5000 L door closer TS 5000 ECline door closer TS 5000 L ECline door closer TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–6 2–6 3–5 3–5 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm 1400 mm 1200mm 1250 mm 1400 mm ● ● ● ● ● PRODUCT FEATURES Identical design DIN left and DIN right Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● ● Latching action speed adjustable Yes, via valve* Latching action adjsutable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Opening assistance integrated Opening assistance can be switched off Closing force adjustment position ● ● ● ● Front Visual closing force display ● ● ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional | * = to decelerate or accelerate the door between 15° and 0° TECH N ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L E guide rail TS 5000 E guide rail BG TS 5000 PRODUCT FEATURES Supply voltage 24 V DC Electrical power consumption … W Duty rating 100 % Residual ripple 20 % IP rating IP43 Product tested in accordance with Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 Length … mm Overall depth 40 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Hold-open unit integrated Hold-open unit can be overridden Hold-open angle Electrical ● ● 80 – 130° above 80° Height correction possible ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional TS 5000 E | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 40 … 20 110 60 44 38 30 … 47 135 160 287 TS 5000 E 40 60 80 44 38 30 … 20 47 TS 5000 L-E 135 160 287 51 52 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 E D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS … 000 E VIEW … 85 110 Installation example I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 40 120 … 26 65 ±1 67 42 ± … ±1 43 … ± … 26 … ±1 … ± … 120 142 ±1 160 ± … 142±1 16 ± … 160 ± … 52 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V I NSTALLATI O N O N SLIM F RAMES 40 … ± … 26 … 52 ±1 42 ± … 65 ±1 10 ± … 65 ± … ±1 120 142 ±1 16 ± … 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V … ± … 65 ±1 ± … 16 ± … 42 ±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 26 … ±1 120 … 52 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160 ± … 142 ±1 TS 5000 E | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- E V I EW … 105 90 Installation example I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 140 … 26 ± … 5±1 … 80 26± … 39±1 30 10 ± … 40 122 ±1 160 ± … 52 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V … ± … 140 … 26 5±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 122 ±1 53 54 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 E I NSTALLATI O N O N SLIM F RAMES 40 … 88 65 26 ± … 10 5±1 … (10 ± … ) 160 ± … 16 ± … 122 ±1 16 65 ±1 23 140 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V ± … 140 26 88 65 10 … 5±1 … 16 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 160 ± … 122 ±1 TS 5000 E | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 55 TS … 0 … 0 E – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 black RAL 9005 076489 acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 181792 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for white RAL 9016 183430 door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) stainless steel face plate 183431 E guide rail TS 5000 With electric hold-open device and lever TS 5000 L door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 116295 white RAL 9016 116297 stainless steel optic1 116298 acc. to RAL2 116299 silver-coloured 027351 white RAL 9016 029400 stainless steel face plate 137723 TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 119579 acc. to RAL2 027352 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 E guide rail BG TS 5000 With electric hold-open device and lever acc. to RAL2 143651 silver-coloured 120039 white RAL 9016 120040 stainless steel optic1 120071 acc. to RAL2 120072 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Drilling template door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000/TS 3000/TS 2000 053134 Mounting plate guide rail For E guide rail silver-coloured 123294 acc. to RAL2 123295 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 acc. to RAL2 029176 Mounting plate guide rail BG For E guide rail silver-coloured 123289 acc. to RAL2 123290 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For E guide rail silver-coloured 123322 acc. to RAL2 123323 56 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 E TS 500 … E – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation 145311 Flexible opening restrictor For single leaf guide rails: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch and power supply for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 185195 stainless steel optic1 184196 acc. to RAL2 185231 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module For wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module for GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module For wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch For the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme white 120503 Replacement glass pane For manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. 010994 TS 5000 R | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 R Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric hold-open device and smoke switch A R EAS OF A P P L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit Hold-open systems with integrated smoke switch P R OD UCT F EATU R ES Adjustable closing force of EN2-6 Operating voltage 230 V AC Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Electric hold-open device in the guide rail with hold-open area of 80°-130° Integrated smoke switch control unit, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Smoke switch with contamination indicator and adaption of the alarm threshold Additional smoke detectors can be fitted Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front Query whether the door leaf is held open via the potential-free contact of the electric hold-open device 57 58 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 R TECH N ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 door closer TS 5000 L door closer TS 5000 ECline door closer TS 5000 L ECline door closer TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–6 2–6 3–5 3–5 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm 1400 mm 1200mm 1250 mm 1400 mm ● ● ● ● ● PRODUCT FEATURES Identical design DIN left and DIN right Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● ● Latching action speed adjustable Yes, via valve* Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Opening assistance integrated Opening assistance can be switched off Closing force adjustment position ● ● ● ● Front Visual closing force display ● ● ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional | * = to decelerate or accelerate the door between 15° and 0° TECH N ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L R guide rail TS 5000 R guide rail BG TS 5000 PRODUCT FEATURES Supply voltage 230 V 50 Hz Duty rating 100 % IP rating IP20 Product tested in accordance with Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 General official building approval from DIBt as a hold-open system Length 745 mm Overall depth 55 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Hold-open unit integrated Hold-open unit can be overridden Hold-open angle Integrated smoke switch Electrical ● ● 80 – 130° above 80° ● ● with visual operating state display ● ● with contamination indicator ● ● with adaption of the alarm threshold ● ● Power supply integrated ● ● Height correction possible ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional TS 5000 R | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 55 745 428,5 44 60 … 110 38 30 213,5 20 135 160 47 287 TS 5000 R 55 20 TS 5000 L-R 135 160 287 60 44 38 … 80 30 745 47 59 60 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 R D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 R VIEW 775 30 110 Installation example I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 55 … ± … ± … ± … 142 ±1 16± … 67 42 ± … 65 ±1 43 … ±1 120 … 160 ± … 578 ±2 599 ±2 52 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 120 … ± … ±1 … ± … ± … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate (distance R guide rail to the ceiling min. 10 mm) … 2 160 ± … 578 ±2 599 ±2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 142 ±1 TS 5000 R | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 61 I NSTALLATI O N ON SLIM F RAMES 55 599 ±2 578 ±2 … 599 ±2 578 ±2 … ± … 120 65 ±1 ± … 16± … 42 52 ±1 5±1 … ± … 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- R V I EW 795 50 90 Installation example … ± … ±1 52 42± … 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC … ± … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … 16± … 65 ±1 10 ± … 65 ± … 142 ±1 … ± … 5±1 … ± … 120 142 ±1 62 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 R I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE … ± … 140 … ± … ±1 39 ±1 30 10 ± … ± … 55 80 26 ± … ±1 160 ± … 122 … 598 ±2 619 ±2 52 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC … ± … ± … ±1 … ± … 140 … 160 ± … ±1 122 598 ±2 619 ±2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC I NSTALLATI O N O N SLIM F RAMES 40 23 598 ± … ± … ± … 10 88 65 (10 ± … ) 65 ±1 5±1 140 619 ± … 122 ±1 16 … 16 ± … 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 619 … ± … 598 ± … ± … ± … 140 88 … 65 10 5±1 … 16 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 122 ±1 TS 5000 R | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 63 TS … 0 … 0 E – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 black RAL 9005 076489 acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 181792 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for white RAL 9016 183430 door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) stainless steel face plate 183431 R guide rail TS 5000 With electric hold-open device, integrated smoke switch control unit and lever TS 5000 L door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 116300 white RAL 9016 116302 stainless steel optic1 116303 acc. to RAL2 116304 silver-coloured 027351 white RAL 9016 029400 stainless steel face plate 137723 TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 119579 acc. to RAL2 027352 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 acc. to RAL2 143651 silver-coloured 120073 white RAL 9016 120074 stainless steel optic1 120075 acc. to RAL2 120076 Mounting plate guide rail for R / RFS guide rail silver-coloured 123296 acc. to RAL2 123297 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 R guide rail BG TS 5000 With electric hold-open device, integrated smoke switch control unit and lever INSTALLATION MATERIAL acc. to RAL2 029176 Mounting plate guide rail BG For R guide rails silver-coloured 123311 acc. to RAL2 123312 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For R guide rails silver-coloured 123324 acc. to RAL2 123325 64 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 R TS 500 … E – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. ACCESSORIES 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module For wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module for GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module For wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 145311 Flexible opening restrictor For guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme white 120503 Replacement glass pane For 120880 and 120881 manual trigger switch … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. 010994 TS 5000 R | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 R door closer, installed at the arts college in Alfter, near Bonn, Germany (photo: Lothar Wels / GEZE GmbH) TS 5000 R door closer, at the arts college in Alfter, near Bonn, Germany (photo: Lothar Wels / GEZE GmbH) 65 66 67 SW ING D O OR For single leaf doors with free swing function To open and close single leaf doors without effort, an overhead door closer with guide rail and free swing function is the right choice for you. GEZE doors with free swing door closers offer another advantage with the unique comfort hold-open function: it makes it possible for doors to be easily locked at the end of the free swing area and held open permanently. This means that your door will remain open, even in a draught, and will close independently, e.g. in the event of a fire. 68 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 EFS 3-6 TS 5000 EFS 3-6 Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric free swing function AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width Door leaf installation hinge side and transom installation hinge side (different variants) Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit with free swing Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Adjustable closing force of EN3-6 Operating voltage 24 V DC Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Free swing function means comfortable use of the door with little effort Comfort hold-open function locks the door leaf at the end of the free swing area External smoke switch control unit with a signal which closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front TS 5000 EFS 3-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 EFS complete package leaf installation TS 5000 EFS complete package transom installation PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Supply voltage ● 24 V DC Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● Length 327 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Free swing function ● Free swing area 85 – 170° Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable ● Yes, with variable adjustment ● Latching action adjustable ● Yes, via valve Back check integrated No Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G TS 5000 EFS 3-6 69 70 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 EFS 3-6 D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 EFS VIEW max.70 Installation example I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE ±1 … 120 85,5 … ±0,2 37 142±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 120 ±1 85,5 37 … ±0,2 160 ±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = with concealed line-feed 24 V (ø 15) 160 ±0,2 ±1 142 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = with concealed line-feed 24 V (ø 15) TS 5000 EFS 3-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail 71 TR A N S OM IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS … 000 EFS V I EW 70 327 108 … Installation example I NSTALLAT I O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 16 ± … 52 160 ±0,2 … 1 160 ±0,2 142±1 85,5 10 50 50 65 ±1 142 ±1 85,5 120±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … ±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = linefeed 24 V (ø 15) … ±0,2 ±1 120 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = linefeed 24 V (ø 15) 72 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 EFS 3-6 TS 500 … E FS – ORD E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 EFS complete package leaf installation Closing force EN 3-6, door leaf installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open function silver-coloured 155477 white RAL 9016 162083 stainless steel optic1 162084 acc. to RAL2 155478 silver-coloured 155479 stainless steel optic1 162085 acc. to RAL2 155480 silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 acc. to RAL2 104515 silver-coloured 059107 acc. to RAL2 100044 silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 185195 stainless steel optic1 184196 acc. to RAL2 185231 TS 5000 EFS complete package transom installation Closing force EN 3-6, transom installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open function INSTALLATION MATERIAL Mounting plate guide rail For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000 EFS / RFS / E Hy / TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … ACCESSORIES RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch and power supply for all GEZE hold-open devices 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open system GC 171 wireless module For the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module For wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch For the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme white 120503 Replacement glass pane for manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. 010994 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 RFS 3-6 Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric free swing function and smoke switch control unit A R EAS OF A P P L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit with free swing Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 P R OD UCT F EATU R ES Adjustable closing force of EN3-6 Operating voltage 230 V AC Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Free swing function after opening the door to approx. 90° Comfort hold-open function locks the door leaf at the end of the free swing area Integrated smoke switch control unit, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Smoke switch with contamination indicator and adaption of the alarm threshold Additional smoke detectors can be fitted Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front 73 74 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 RFS 3-6 TECH N ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 RFS 3-6 complete package door leaf installation TS 5000 RFS 3-6 complete package transom installation PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● ● Supply voltage 230 V 50 Hz Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 General official building approval from DIBt as a hold-open system Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● Length 327 mm 548 mm Overall depth 47 mm 66 mm Height 60 mm 65 mm ● ● FUNCTIONS Free swing function Free swing area 85 – 170° Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated No Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● Integrated smoke switch ● ● with visual operating state display ● ● with contamination indicator ● ● with adaption of the alarm threshold ● ● Power supply integrated ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional PRO D UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 55 54 60 120 110 30 745 47 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 33 327 75 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 R FS … - … V I EW Installation example I NSTALLAT I O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 43 55 … 160 ± … 578 ±2 599 ±2 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = with concealed line-feed 24 V | … = ø 15 230 V AC | … = ø 15 line-feed TS 5000 E Hy 24 V … ± … 120 … 37 37 … 142 ±1 … ± … 5±1 5±1 42 67 16 … ± … 5± … ± … 120 … 5± … 65 … 2 160 ± … 142±1 578 ±2 599 ±2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = with concealed line-feed 24 V | … = ø 15 230 V AC | … = ø 15 line-feed TS 5000 E Hy 24 V 76 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 RFS 3-6 TRAN S OM IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS 5000 RFS … - … VIEW 66 Installation example D I R ECT I N STALLATION 590 590 16 … 160 ± … 135 ± … 16 … 26 160 ± … 135 ± … 26 130 ±1 130 ±1 30 120 ±1 … ± … 37 37 10 38 112 65 44±0,1 66 … ± … 120 ±1 33 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = line-feed 230 V Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = line-feed 230 V TS 5000 RFS 3-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail 77 TS … 0 … 0 R FS … - … – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 RFS 3-6 complete package door leaf installation Closing force EN 3-6, transom installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open function silver-coloured 155481 white RAL 9016 162086 stainless steel optic1 162087 acc. to RAL2 155482 silver-coloured 155484 acc. to RAL2 155485 Mounting plate guide rail For E guide rail silver-coloured 123294 acc. to RAL2 123295 Mounting plate guide rail for R / RFS guide rail silver-coloured 123296 acc. to RAL2 123297 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000 RFS KM/TS 4000 R & R-IS with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … black 058808 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000 EFS / RFS / E Hy / TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 059107 acc. to RAL2 100044 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 complete package transom installation Closing force EN 3-6, transom installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, integrated smoke switch control unit, guide rail and lever with comfort holdopen function INSTALLATION MATERIAL ACCESSORIES 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 145311 Flexible opening restrictor For guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme white 120503 Replacement glass pane for manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. 010994 78 79 SW ING D O OR For double leaf doors The correct and, even more so, reliable closing sequence of the door closer system is especially important for double leaf doors. So: When the door closes, the active leaf must remain in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed – and until the active leaf is released by the closing sequence control. Our overhead door closers with guide rails offer you various specific setting options and make your door and gate systems safe, efficient and barrier-free. Learn about our door closer solutions. 80 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM ECline TS 5000 ISM ECline Overhead door closer system with guide rail for barrier-free, easy-to-open double leaf doors up to 1250 mm leaf width in accordance with DIN 18040 with integrated closing sequence control AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors system with two TS 5000 ECline door closers and ISM guide rail Right and left double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2500 mm hinge clearance and 1250 mm leaf width Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm, minimum width of passive leaf 400 mm Door leaf installation on hinge side Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 up to EN5 PR OD UCT FEATUR ES System with two TS 5000 ECline door closers and ISM guide rail Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 up to EN5 (1250 mm leaf width) Adjustable closing force of EN3-5 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front and less installation time compared to standard systems TS 5000 ISM ECline | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 81 TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 ECline door closer TS 5000 L ECline door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–5 Leaf width recommended up to 1250 mm Identical design DIN left and DIN right Product tested in accordance with Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154, DIN 18040 up to EN5 (1250 mm leaf width) ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ISM guide rail TS 5000 ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 ● = yes | ○ = optional TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L PRODUCT FEATURES Product tested in accordance with Closing sequence control tested acc. to EN 1158 Length 2630 mm Overall depth 40 mm Height 2730 mm 55 mm 30 mm FUNCTIONS Flexible opening restrictor ● ● Height correction possible ● ● Closing sequence control integrated ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional 82 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM ECline PRO D UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 60 110 30 40 287 47 TS 5000 ISM ECline 60 110 30 55 287 47 TS 5000 L-ISM ECline TS 5000 ISM ECline | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 I SM ECLI N E V I EW … 85 85 … 110 … 3 … 110 … Installation example | … = ISM guide rail | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 ECline | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 40 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 67 44 ±0,1 15 38 43 120 130 135 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 130 47 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 43 40 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 16 ±0,2 67 42 ±0,5 65 ±01 120 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 52 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 83 84 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM ECline D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- I SM ECLI N E VIEW 35 35 … 2 90 90 … 3 … 5 Installation example | … = ISM guide rail BG | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 L | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 10±0,5 140 Cross-section = direct installation 110 440±0,2 440±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 140 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 44±0,1 80 38 30 55 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf 140 110 440±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf 140 440±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 TS 5000 ISM ECline | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 10±0,5 440±0,2 140 122±1 140 440±0,2 160±0,2 160±0,2 122±1 16±0,2 80 65±1 30 55 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf 140 122±1 440±0,2 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf 140 440±0,2 160±0,2 122±1 85 86 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM ECline TS 500 … IS M ECL I N E – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 acc. to RAL2 143651 silver-coloured 115594 white RAL 9016 115595 stainless steel optic1 115596 black RAL 9005 198813 acc. to RAL2 115597 silver-coloured 115549 white RAL 9016 115591 stainless steel optic1 115592 black RAL 9005 198813 acc. to RAL2 115593 Mounting plate guide rail for ISM / E-ISM guide rail silver-coloured 118702 acc. to RAL2 118703 Mounting plate guide rail BG For ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG & VP versions silver-coloured 118704 acc. to RAL2 118705 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 acc. to RAL2 029176 ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers ISM guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers INSTALLATION MATERIAL TS 5000 ISM ECline | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 87 TS … 0 … 0 IS M ECLI N E – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme alpine white 120503 CB flex For use on all double leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material silver-coloured 153602 white RAL 9016 182652 black RAL 9005 195798 acc. to RAL2 153728 silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 acc. to RAL2 199951 ACCESSORIES Ramp up wedge For use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Version with adjustable joint 115956 Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Standard version, rubber support 115954 AS 500 manual trigger switch For the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 154766 Mechanical hold-open unit For ISM guide rail / ISM BG guide rail with ECline ISM / ISM BG retrofit kit on the active leaf GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems FA GC 150, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems FA GC 150, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, Floor-mounted, with sturdy aluminium housing 115951 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, Basic model, without mounting plate, rear screw connection 115830 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, wall/ceiling installation, standpipe 185 m, easy to shorten, magnetic head bendable through 90° 115952 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, wall/ceiling installation, standpipe 335 mm, easy to shorten, magnetic head bendable through 90° 115953 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, wall installation surface-mounted installation or floor mounting with accessories base 155569 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, flush-mounted wall installation 155567 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, wall installation with base 65 mm 155573 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, wall mounting, with base plate 115829 Retrofit kit ECline ISM/ISM BG Power storage for use on the active leaf in double leaf guide rails ISM and ISM BG, opening assistance for greater operating convenience 154767 Base for floor mounting for hold-open magnet Base for hold-open magnet surface mounted 155574 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. 88 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM TS 5000 ISM Overhead door closer system with guide rail for double leaf doors with closing sequence control AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance, 1400 mm leaf width and overlength up to 3200 mm Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm, minimum width of passive leaf 400 mm Door leaf installation on hinge side PR OD UCT FEATUR ES System made of two TS 5000 door closers and an ISM guide rail Adjustable closing force of EN2-6 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front TS 5000 ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 89 2–6/L3–6 TS 5000 ECline / TS 5000 L ECline TS 5000 / TS 5000 L TS 5000 SoftClose PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–5 2–6 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1250 mm 1400 mm 1400 mm ● ● Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● ● Latching action speed adjustable Yes, via valve* Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional | * = to decelerate or accelerate the door between 15° and 0° TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L ISM guide rail TS 5000 ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 ISM guide rail BG VPK TS 5000 complete package Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm 1360 mm 1300 mm Minimum passive leaf width 400 mm 380 mm 380 mm Closing sequence control tested acc. to EN 1158 Closing sequence control tested acc. to EN 1158 Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Closing sequence control tested acc. to EN 1158 Length 2630 mm 2730 mm 2730 mm Overall depth 40 mm 55 mm 55 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Product tested in accordance with Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Closing sequence control integrated ● ● ● Hold-open unit hold-open magnet ○/○ ○/○ ○/○ Height correction possible ● ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○ ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional 90 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM PRO D UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 60 110 30 40 287 47 TS 5000 ISM 60 110 30 55 287 47 TS 5000 L-ISM / TS 5000 L-ISM VPK TS 5000 ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 I SM V I EW … 85 85 … 110 … 3 … 110 … Installation example | … = ISM guide rail | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 | … = Active leaf | … = Passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 40 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 67 44 ±0,1 15 38 43 120 130 135 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 130 47 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 43 40 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 65 ±01 16 ±0,2 67 42 ±0,5 120 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 52 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 91 92 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- I SM VIEW 35 35 … 2 90 90 … 3 … 5 Installation example | … = ISM guide rail BG | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 L | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 10±0,5 140 Cross-section = direct installation 110 440±0,2 440±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 140 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 44±0,1 80 38 30 55 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf 140 110 440±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf 140 440±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 TS 5000 ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 93 I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 160±0,2 160±0,2 122±1 16±0,2 80 122±1 140 440±0,2 440±0,2 140 65±1 30 10±0,5 55 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf 140 122±1 440±0,2 140 440±0,2 160±0,2 122±1 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- I SM VPK V I EW 35 35 … 2 90 … 5 … 4 90 Installation example | … = ISM guide rail BG VPK | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 L-IS | … = TS 5000 L | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf 94 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM D I R ECT I N STALLATION 440±0,2 110 135±0,2 160±0,2 175 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 44±0,1 80 440±0,2 175 38 30 10±0,5 55 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf 440±0,2 175 440±0,2 110 135±0,2 160±0,2 175 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 10±0,5 440±0,2 175 122±1 440±0,2 160±0,2 175 160±0,2 122±1 16±0,2 80 65±1 30 55 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf 440±0,2 175 122±1 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf 440±0,2 175 160±0,2 122±1 TS 5000 ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 95 TS … 0 … 0 IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 076489 acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 181792 white RAL 9016 183430 stainless steel face plate 183431 ISM guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 115549 white RAL 9016 115591 stainless steel optic1 115592 black RAL 9005 198813 acc. to RAL2 115593 ISM guide rail TS 5000 extra length Continuous, overlength up to 3200 mm, with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 115598 acc. to RAL2 115599 TS 5000 L door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027351 white RAL 9016 029400 stainless steel face plate 137723 TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 027352 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 acc. to RAL2 143651 silver-coloured 115594 white RAL 9016 115595 stainless steel optic1 115596 black RAL 9005 198814 acc. to RAL2 115597 silver-coloured 182642 white RAL 9016 182650 black RAL 9005 195794 acc. to RAL2 182643 Mounting plate guide rail For ISM- / E-ISM guide rails silver-coloured 118702 acc. to RAL2 118703 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 acc. to RAL2 029176 Mounting plate guide rail BG For ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG & VP versions silver-coloured 118704 acc. to RAL2 118705 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG silver-coloured 118706 acc. to RAL2 118707 ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers ISM guide rail BG VPK TS 5000 complete package System solution for general use on full panic doors comprising … x TS 5000 L, … x TS 5000 L-IS, … x CB flex, … x ISM BG guide rail, continuous, with integrated release mechanism and levers INSTALLATION MATERIAL 96 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM TS 500 … IS M – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Mounting plate guide rail BG For ISM/E-ISM BG VPK guide rail silver-coloured 139757 acc. to RAL2 139760 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For ISM/E-ISM BG VPK guide rail silver-coloured 139710 acc. to RAL2 139763 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation Mechanical hold-open unit For ISM guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be overridden 118437 Flexible opening restrictor For single leaf guide rails: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer 145311 CB flex For use on all double leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material Ramp up wedge For use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar silver-coloured 153602 white RAL 9016 182652 black RAL 9005 195798 acc. to RAL2 153728 silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 acc. to RAL2 199951 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all smoke switch control units, Wall installation surface-mounted installation or floor mounting with accessories base 155569 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Flush-mounted wall installation 155567 Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Version with adjustable joint 115956 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. TS 5000 E-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 E-ISM Overhead door closer system with guide rail for double leaf doors with closing sequence control and electric hold-open device A R EAS OF A P P L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance, 1400 mm leaf width and overlength up to 3200 mm Door leaf installation on hinge side Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit P R OD UCT F EATU R ES System with two TS 5000 door closers and an E-ISM guide rail Adjustable closing force of EN2-6 Operating voltage 24 V DC Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Electric hold-open device in the guide rail with hold-open area of 80°-130° Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front Query whether the door leaf is held open via the potential-free contact of the electric hold-open device 97 98 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 E-ISM TECH N ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 ECline / TS 5000 L ECline TS 5000 / TS 5000 L TS 5000 SoftClose PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–5 2–6 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1250 mm 1400 mm 1400 mm ● ● Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● ● Latching action speed adjustable Yes, via valve* Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Visual closing force display Front ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional | * = to decelerate or accelerate the door between 15° and 0° TECH N ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L E-ISM TS 5000 E-ISM/S TS 5000 / E-ISM/G TS 5000 E-ISM BG TS 5000 / E-ISM BG VPK TS 5000 Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm 1300 mm 1360 mm Minimum passive leaf width 400 mm 400 mm 380 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Supply voltage Electrical power consumption 24 V DC … W Duty rating … W … W 100 % Residual ripple 20 % IP rating IP43 Product tested in accordance with Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 Closing sequence control tested acc. to EN 1158 Length 2630 mm 2630 mm 2730 mm Overall depth 40 mm 40 mm 55 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Closing sequence control integrated ● Hold-open unit integrated Hold-open unit on active leaf / passive leaf Hold-open unit can be overridden ● ● Electrical ○/○ ○/○ ●/● ● ● ● 80 – 130° 80 – 130° above 80° Height correction possible ● ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○ ○ Hold-open angle ● = yes | ○ = optional TS 5000 E-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 60 110 30 40 287 47 TS 5000 E-ISM | TS 5000 E-ISM/S | TS 5000 E-ISM/G 60 110 30 55 287 47 TS 5000 L-E-ISM | TS 5000 L-E-ISM VPK 99 100 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 E-ISM D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 E- I SM / E- I SM /S / E- I SM /G VIEW … 85 85 … 110 … 3 … 110 … Installation example | … = E-ISM guide rail | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 40 428,5 ±0,2 ±0,2 11±1 428,5 120 38 43 120 67 44 ±0,1 15 … ±0,2 130 ±0,2 135 ±0,2 160 135 ±0,2 160 706 ±2 130 47 Fitting dimensions left-hand leaf = active leaf, right-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 120 428,5 428,5 ±0,2 ±0,2 120 11±1 Cross-section = direct installation … 130 135 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 ±0,2 706 ±2 135 ±0,2 160 130 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 101 TS 5000 E-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 40 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 65 … 67 42 ±0,5 ±0,1 11 43 120 160 ±0,2 ±0,2 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 16 706 52 Fitting dimensions left-hand leaf = active leaf, right-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 428,5 ±0,2 120 428,5 11±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate ±0,2 120 … 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 706 ±2 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- E- I SM V I EW 35 35 … 2 90 … 3 … 5 Installation example | … = E-ISM guide rail BG | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 L | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf 90 102 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 E-ISM D I R ECT I N STALLATION 135±0,2 160±0,2 440±0,2 … 140 135±0,2 110 160±0,2 737,5±2 44±0,1 80 110 440±0,2 11±1 140 38 30 10±0,5 55 140 110 11±1 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V Cross-section = direct installation 440±0,2 440±0,2 … 135±0,2 160±0,2 737,5±2 140 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 440±0,2 … 160±0,2 737,5±2 140 160±0,2 122±1 16±0,2 80 122±1 440±0,2 11±1 10±0,5 140 65±1 30 55 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 440±0,2 140 122±1 160±0,2 11±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … 737,5±2 140 440±0,2 160±0,2 122±1 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 103 TS 5000 E-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- E- I SM VPK V I EW 35 35 … 2 90 … 5 90 … 6 Installation example | … = E-ISM guide rail BG VPK | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 L-IS | … = TS 5000 L | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 10±0,5 440 175 ± … 440 ± … 175 38 10 30 55 135 ± … 160 ± … L 110 B>1420 -> L=772 mm B<1420 -> L=654 mm Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 16 line-feed 24 V | W = door width | L = length 440 440 ± … 175 ± … 175 10 Cross-section = direct installation … ± … 135 160± … 44±0,1 80 110 110 ± … 135 160± … L 135 ± … 160 ± … 110 B>1420 -> L=772 mm B<1420 -> L=654 mm Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 16 line-feed 24 V | W = door width | L = length 104 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 E-ISM I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 10±0,5 175 440 ± … 440 65±1 10 30 55 122 ±1 160 ± … 175 … ± … 160 L ± … 122 ±1 16±0,2 80 B>1420 -> L=772 mm B<1420 -> L=654 mm Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 16 line-feed 24 V | W = door width | L = length 440 ± … 175 122 ±1 160 440 ± … 175 10 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate ± … L 160 ± … 122 ±1 B>1420 -> L=772 mm B<1420 -> L=654 mm Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 16 line-feed 24 V | W = door width | L = length TS 500 … E-IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 076489 acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 181792 white RAL 9016 183430 stainless steel face plate 183431 E-ISM guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers E-ISM guide rail TS 5000 extra length Continuous, overlength up to 3200 mm, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, and levers acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 115600 white RAL 9016 115602 stainless steel optic1 115603 acc. to RAL2 115604 silver-coloured 115612 acc. to RAL2 115613 TS 5000 E-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 105 TS … 0 … 0 E-IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. E-ISM/G guide rail TS 5000 Ccontinuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the active leaf, and levers silver-coloured 115605 stainless steel optic1 115606 acc. to RAL2 115607 silver-coloured 160547 stainless steel optic1 162088 acc. to RAL2 160548 silver-coloured 027351 white RAL 9016 029400 E-ISM/S guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the passive leaf and levers TS 5000 L door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) stainless steel face plate 137723 TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 119579 acc. to RAL2 027352 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 acc. to RAL2 143651 silver-coloured 115608 white RAL 9016 115609 stainless steel optic1 115610 acc. to RAL2 115611 silver-coloured 182644 black RAL 9005 195795 acc. to RAL2 182645 Mounting plate guide rail For ISM- / E-ISM guide rails silver-coloured 118702 acc. to RAL2 118703 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 acc. to RAL2 029176 Mounting plate guide rail BG for ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG & VP versions silver-coloured 118704 acc. to RAL2 118705 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG silver-coloured 118706 acc. to RAL2 118707 Mounting plate guide rail BG for ISM/E-ISM BG VPK guide rail silver-coloured 139757 acc. to RAL2 139760 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ISM/E-ISM BG VPK guide rail silver-coloured 139710 acc. to RAL2 139763 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 E-ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 ontinuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers E-ISM guide rail BG VPK TS 5000 complete package System solution for general use on full panic doors comprising … x TS 5000 L, … x TS 5000 L-IS, … x CB flex, … x E-ISM BG guide rail with electric hold-open device on both leaves, continuous, with integrated release mechanism and levers INSTALLATION MATERIAL ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation Flexible opening restrictor For single leaf guide rails: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer 145311 106 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 E-ISM TS 500 … E-IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. CB flex For use on all double leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if required, with attachment material silver-coloured 153602 white RAL 9016 182652 black RAL 9005 195798 acc. to RAL2 153728 silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 acc. to RAL2 199951 silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 185195 stainless steel optic1 184196 acc. to RAL2 185231 Ramp up wedge For use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch and power supply for all GEZE hold-open devices 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme white 120503 Replacement glass pane for manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 010994 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall installation surface-mounted installation or floor mounting with accessories base 155569 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Flush-mounted wall installation 155567 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall installation with base 65 mm 155573 Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Version with adjustable joint 115956 Mechanical hold-open unit For ISM guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be overridden 118437 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. TS 5000 R-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 R-ISM Overhead door closer system with guide rail for double leaf doors with closing sequence control and smoke switch A R EAS OF A P P L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance, 1400 mm leaf width and overlength up to 3200 mm Minimum hinge clearance 1500 mm, minimum width of the active leaf 875 mm and of the passive leaf 400 mm Door leaf installation on hinge side P R OD UCT F EATU R ES System with two TS 5000 door closers and a R-ISM guide rail Adjustable closing force of EN2-6 Operating voltage 230 V AC Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Integrated smoke switch control unit, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Smoke switch with contamination indicator and adaption of the alarm threshold Additional smoke detectors can be fitted Electric hold-open device in the guide rail with hold-open area of 80°-130° Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front Query whether the door leaf is held open via the potential-free contact of the electric hold-open device 107 108 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 R-ISM TECH N ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 ECline / TS 5000 L ECline TS 5000 / TS 5000 L TS 5000 SoftClose PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–5 2–6 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1250 mm 1400 mm 1400 mm ● ● Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustmen Closing speed adjustable ● ● ● Latching action speed adjustable Yes, via valve* Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional | * = to decelerate or accelerate the door between 15° and 0° TECH N ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L R-ISM TS 5000 / R-ISM/S TS 5000 / R-ISM/0 TS 5000 / R-ISM/G TS 5000 R-ISM BG TS 5000 R-ISM BG VP TS 5000 Minimum hinge clearance 1500 mm 1560 mm 1645 mm Minimum passive leaf width 400 mm 380 mm 380 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Supply voltage 230 V 50 Hz Duty rating 100 % IP rating IP20 Ambient temperature Product tested in accordance with Length … - 50° C Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 closing sequence control tested acc. to EN 1158 General official building approval from DIBt as a hold-open system 2740 mm 2730 mm Overall depth 55 mm Height 30 mm 2645 mm TS 5000 R-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail R-ISM TS 5000 / R-ISM/S TS 5000 / R-ISM/0 TS 5000 / R-ISM/G TS 5000 R-ISM BG TS 5000 R-ISM BG VP TS 5000 ● ● ● FUNCTIONS Closing sequence control integrated Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Hold-open unit on active leaf / passive leaf Hold-open unit can be overridden Hold-open angle Integrated smoke switch ○/○ ●/● ●/● ● ● ● 80 – 130° above 80° above 80° ● ● ● with visual operating state display ● ● ● with contamination indicator ● ● ● with adaption of the alarm threshold ● ● ● Power supply integrated ● ● ● Height correction possible ● ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○1) ○1) ● = yes | ○ = optional | … can only be used to a limited extent, depending on X dimension PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 60 110 30 55 287 47 TS 5000 R-ISM | TS 5000 R-ISM/G | TS 5000 R-ISM/S | TS 5000 R-ISM/0 60 110 30 55 287 47 TS 5000 L-R-ISM / TS 5000 L-R-ISM VP 109 110 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 R-ISM D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 R - I SM / R - I SM /G / R- I SM /S / R- I SM / … VIEW … 30 … 2 110 30 … 4 … 3 … 110 … Installation example | … = R-ISM guide rail | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 | … = smoke switch control unit | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5 ±0,2 38 43 367,5 ±0,2 … ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 … ±1 55 … 15 44 ±0,1 67 120 130 … 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 ±2 732 ±2 753 47 Fitting dimensions left-hand leaf = active leaf, right-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 428,5 ±0,2 367,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 5±1 120 … ±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation … 2 130 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 135 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 ±2 732 ±2 753 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 111 TS 5000 R-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5 ±0,2 5±1 120 367,5 ±0,2 120 ±01 … 65 42 ±0,5 428,5 ±0,2 … ±0,2 43 55 … 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 ±2 732 753 ±2 16 ±0,2 67 142 ±1 52 428,5 ±0,2 120 367,5 ±0,2 … 142 ±1 5±1 Fitting dimensions left-hand leaf = active leaf, right-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC … ±0,2 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 428,5 ±0,2 120 … 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 ±2 732 753±2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- R - I SM V I EW 35 35 … 2 90 … 5 … 4 90 Installation example | … = R-ISM guide rail BG | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 L | … = smoke switch control unit | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf 112 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 R-ISM D I R ECT I N STALLATION 110 135±0,2 160±0,2 … 440±0,2 5±0,2 367,5±0,2 440±0,2 5±1 140 38 30 10±0,5 55 … 140 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 763,5 784,5±2 44±0,1 80 ±2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 110 440±0,2 367,5±0,2 440±0,2 140 5±1 140 5±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation … 135±0,2 160±0,2 135±0,2 110 160±0,2 … 763,5±2 784,5±2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 367,5±0,2 440±0,2 140 5±1 160±0,2 … 2 160±0,2 122±1 763,5±2 784,5±2 16±0,2 80 122±1 440±0,2 5±0,2 10±0,5 140 65±1 30 55 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 367,5±0,2 440±0,2 5±0,2 140 5±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 122±1 160±0,2 … 1 440±0,2 140 160±0,2 122±1 763,5±2 784,5±2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 113 TS 5000 R-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- R - I SM VP V I EW 120 35 … 3 … 155 90 … 4 … 5 Installation example | … = R-ISM guide rail BG VP | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = smoke switch control unit | … = TS 5000 L | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION ±0,2 ±0,2 367,5 440 38 ±0,2 175 135 110 135 ±0,2 160 ±2 848,5 ±2 869,5 44±0,1 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC ±0,2 ±0,2 367,5 110 ±0,2 135 ±0,2 160 225 ±1 440 … 440 ±0,2 ±0,2 140 … 80 140 ±0,2 … 2 ±0,2 160 Cross-section = direct installation ±0,2 440 … 5 ±1 225 ±0,2 10±0,5 30 55 … ±0,2 135 ±0,2 160 … 175 ±2 848,5 ±2 869,5 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 114 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 R-ISM I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 440 ±0,2 ±0,2 367,5 … 65±1 187 ±1 ±0,2 … 160 ±0,2 140 440 … ±1 225 ±0,2 10±0,5 30 55 … 160 ±0,2 ±1 122 ±2 16±0,2 80 848,5 ±2 869,5 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC ±0,2 ±0,2 367,5 ±1 122 ±0,2 160 225 ±1 440 … 440 ±0,2 ±0,2 140 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … 160 … ±0,2 ±1 187 ±2 848,5 ±2 869,5 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC TS 5000 R-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 115 TS … 0 … 0 R -IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 076489 acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 181792 white RAL 9016 183430 stainless steel face plate 183431 acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 115614 white RAL 9016 115616 stainless steel optic1 115617 acc. to RAL2 115618 R-ISM guide rail TS 5000 extra length Continuous, overlength up to 3200 mm, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers silver-coloured 115626 acc. to RAL2 115627 R-ISM/G guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the active leaf, smoke switch control unit and levers silver-coloured 115619 stainless steel optic1 115620 acc. to RAL2 115621 silver-coloured 160545 stainless steel optic1 162089 acc. to RAL2 160546 silver-coloured 160543 stainless steel optic1 162090 acc. to RAL2 160544 silver-coloured 027351 white RAL 9016 029400 R-ISM guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers R-ISM/S guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the passive leaf, smoke switch control unit and levers R-ISM/0 guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, smoke switch control unit and levers, without electric hold-open device TS 5000 L door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) stainless steel face plate 137723 TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 119579 acc. to RAL2 027352 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 R-ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers R-ISM guide rail BG VP TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers, especially for full panic doors. Caution: maximum X dimension (centre of hinge – contact area of guide rail) 100 mm including mounting plate acc. to RAL2 143651 silver-coloured 115622 white RAL 9016 115623 stainless steel optic1 115624 acc. to RAL2 115625 silver-coloured 133711 white RAL 9016 133712 stainless steel optic1 133713 acc. to RAL2 133714 116 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 R-ISM TS 500 … R -IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Mounting plate guide rail For R-ISM guide rail silver-coloured 118690 acc. to RAL2 118701 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 INSTALLATION MATERIAL acc. to RAL2 029176 Mounting plate guide rail BG For ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG & VP versions silver-coloured 118704 acc. to RAL2 118705 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG silver-coloured 118706 acc. to RAL2 118707 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail VP silver-coloured 134816 acc. to RAL2 134817 ACCESSORIES 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 145311 Flexible opening restrictor For single leaf guide rails: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer silver-coloured 153602 white RAL 9016 182652 black RAL 9005 195798 acc. to RAL2 153728 silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 acc. to RAL2 199951 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 CB flex For use on all double leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material Ramp up wedge For use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar TS 5000 R-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 117 TS … 0 … 0 R -IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme white 120503 Replacement glass pane For manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 010994 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, wall installation surface-mounted installation or floor mounting with accessories base 155569 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, flush-mounted wall installation 155567 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall installation with base 65 mm 155573 Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Version with adjustable joint 115956 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. TS 5000 R-ISM overhead door closer with guide rail, Olga Hospital Stuttgart, Germany (Photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) 118 119 SW ING D O OR For double leaf doors with free swing function Whether in hospitals, care homes, department stores or gyms in many buildings, double leaf doors must remain open in order to provide enough space for people or transport. GEZE overhead door closers with guide rails, free swing and comfort hold-open function can be used perfectly here. Because you can open the door system without effort, hold it open permanently if needed and yet be reassured that the door will close safely and reliably in the event of danger. 120 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function Overhead door closer system with guide rail for double leaf doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance with integrated closing sequence control and free swing function on the active leaf AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance and 1400 mm leaf width Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm, minimum width of passive leaf 400 mm Door leaf installation on hinge side PR OD UCT FEATUR ES System comprising TS 5000 E Hy 3-6 and TS 5000 and ISM guide rail Passive leaf with TS 5000 with closing force EN2-6 or TS 5000 ECline with closing force EN3-5 Active leaf with TS 5000 E Hy (24 V) and adjustable closing force EN3-6 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Comfort hold-open function on the active leaf to lock the door at the maximum opening angle Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail 121 TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 ECline / TS 5000 L ECline TS 5000 / TS 5000 L TS 5000 SoftClose TS 5000 E Hy PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–5 2–6 2–6 3–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1250 mm 1400 mm 1400 mm 1400 mm ● ● ● Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● ● Length 287 mm 287 mm 287 mm 327 mm Overall depth 47 mm 47 mm 47 mm 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Free swing function ● Free swing area 85° – 170° Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● ● ● Latching action speed adjustable ● Yes, via valve* Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional | * = to decelerate or accelerate the door between 15° and 0° PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 60 120 110 30 55 327 47 TS 5000 ISM | TS 5000 E-ISM/S | TS 5000 R-ISM/S | TS 5000 R-ISM/0 287 122 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function TECH N ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L ISM TS 5000 E-ISM/S TS 5000 R-ISM/S TS 5000 R-ISM/0 TS 5000 1300 mm 1300 mm 1500 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Minimum hinge clearance Minimum passive leaf width Supply voltage 400 mm 24 V DC Duty rating IP rating 230 V 50 Hz 100 % – Ambient temperature Product tested in accordance with 24 V DC IP43 IP20 … – 50° C Tested acc. to EN 1158 Tested acc. to EN 1155 / EN 1158 Tested acc. to EN 1155 / EN 1158 Length 2630 mm 2630 mm 2740 mm Overall depth 40 mm 40 mm 55 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Free swing function on the active leaf ○ Free swing area Closing sequence control integrated ○ 85° – 170° ● Hold-open unit integrated Hold-open unit on active leaf / passive leaf ○ ● ● Electrical -/- -/● -/○ Hold-open unit can be overridden - ● ● Hold-open angle - 80° – 130° 80° – 130° Integrated smoke switch - - ● with visual operating state display - - ● with contamination indicator - - ● with adaption of the alarm threshold - - ● Power supply integrated - - ● Height correction possible ● ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○ ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional 123 TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 I SM / E- I SM / R- I SM V I EW … 30 30 … 120 … 70 327 … 3 287 … 4 Installation example | … = ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 E Hy | … = TS 5000 | … = smoke switch control unit | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 367,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 … ±0,2 … ±1 428,5 ±0,2 120 44 67 15 38 43 55 120 … 130 … 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 ±2 732 ±2 753 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable (E-ISM / R-ISM) | … = ø 15 230 V AC (R-ISM) 428,5 ±0,2 367,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 5±1 120 … ±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation … 2 130 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 135 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 ±2 732 ±2 753 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable (E-ISM / R-ISM) | … = ø 15 230 V AC (R-ISM) 124 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 5±1 428,5 ±0,2 120 67 367,5 ±0,2 … ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 42 65 43 55 16 … 142 ±1 … 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 ±2 732 753 ±2 428,5 120 ±0,2 … 142 ±1 367,5 ±0,2 5±1 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf= active leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable (E-ISM / R-ISM) | … = ø 15 230 V AC (R-ISM) … ±0,2 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 428,5 ±0,2 120 … 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 ±2 732 753±2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable (E-ISM / R-ISM) | … = ø 15 230 V AC (R-ISM) TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail 125 TS … 0 … 0 IS M/ E- I SM / R - I S M W I TH F R EE SW I N G FUN CTI O N – O RDER I N FO RM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 076489 acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 181792 white RAL 9016 183430 stainless steel face plate 183431 acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 155475 white RAL 9016 160328 stainless steel optic1 162082 acc. to RAL2 155476 silver-coloured 115549 white RAL 9016 115591 stainless steel optic1 115592 black RAL 9005 198813 acc. to RAL2 115593 silver-coloured 160547 stainless steel optic1 162088 acc. to RAL2 160548 silver-coloured 160545 stainless steel optic1 162089 acc. to RAL2 160546 silver-coloured 160543 stainless steel optic1 162090 acc. to RAL2 160544 Mounting plate guide rail For ISM / E-ISM guide rail silver-coloured 118702 acc. to RAL2 118703 Mounting plate guide rail For R-ISM- guide rail silver-coloured 118690 acc. to RAL2 118701 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000 EFS / RFS / E Hy / TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 059107 acc. to RAL2 100044 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 acc. to RAL2 029176 TS 5000 E Hy door closer Closing force EN 3-6, door leaf installation on the hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function (without guide rail, with lever) ISM guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers E-ISM/S guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the passive leaf and levers R-ISM/S guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the passive leaf, smoke switch control unit and levers R-ISM/0 guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, smoke switch control unit and levers, without electric hold-open device INSTALLATION MATERIAL 126 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function TS 500 … IS M/ E-IS M / R - I S M W I TH F R EE S W I N G FUN CTI O N – O R DER I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. ACCESSORIES 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module For the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module For wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 145311 Flexible opening restrictor For single leaf guide rails: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer CB flex For use on all double leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if required, with attachment material silver-coloured 153602 white RAL 9016 182652 acc. to RAL2 153728 RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch and power supply for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 185195 stainless steel optic1 184196 acc. to RAL2 185231 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch For the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red 120880 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall installation surface-mounted installation or floor mounting with accessories base 155569 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Flush-mounted wall installation 155567 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall installation with base 65 mm 155573 Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Version with adjustable joint 115956 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail Door closer system TS 5000 R-ISM hold-open system, Olga Hospital Stuttgart, Germany (Photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) 127 128 129 SW ING D O OR Opening restriction No more slamming doors or marks on walls or furniture. Solutions with GEZE door dampers make this possible. The principle is almost the same as modern drawers: doors are closed and opened in a controlled, damped manner. As a result, you can enter your rooms more quietly than ever – without a door stopper as a stumbling block. Clever solutions not only ensure more safety, they also make it easier to keep floors clean. 130 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Opening restriction | T-stop guide rail T-stop guide rail OPEN IN G R EST R ICTO R FO R D O O R S T- STOP GU ID E R A I L TS … 0 … 0 / TS … 0 … 0 AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Single leaf doors Installation on hinge side Right and left single-action doors For opening restriction without door stopper PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Easy to replace with the standard guide rail Saves time as no floor mounted door stopper needs to be installed With screwed sliding block T-stop guide rail | Opening restriction | Door closers with guide rail T- STOP GU ID E R A I L W I TH P I VOT B EAR IN G A R EAS OF A P P L I CATI O N Right and left single-action doors Opening restrictor for single-action doors without door closer Door systems without smoke and fire protection needs For combining an automatic swing door drive with a TS 5000 on double leaf door systems P R OD UCT F EATU R ES Holds doors without door closer open, not self-locking Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion The door opening angle is limited and a door stopper is usually no longer required Doing without door stoppers enhances the appearance of the door area, stumbling hazards and dirty corners disappear Crushing between door leaf and floor mounted door stopper is avoided When do you have to use a door stopper? … 160 140 120 B 100 80 TS 60 TS 500 0E TS 500 N2 0E 500 N4 0E N6 A 40 20 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 2,8 3,0 3,2 3,4 3,6 3,8 4,0 4,2 … 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 … 4 4,5 … 5,5 … 6,5 … 7,5 … Door size (W x H): 1000 x 2200 mm … = door weight kg | … = opening speed (m/s) | … = wind speed (km/h) | … = wind force (Bft) | A = installation without door stopper | B = installation with door stopper 131 132 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Opening restriction | T-stop guide rail TS 500 … D IR ECT I N STALLAT I O N D O O R LEAF I N STALLAT I O N / HING E S ID E WITH T- STO P G U I D E R A I L 30 120 428,5 15 38 43 D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5 44 130 120 135 160 135 160 … 1 130 … = Fitting dimensions DIN left | … = DIN right Cross-section = direct installation TS 500 … IN STALLAT I O N W I TH M O U N T I N G PLATE DO O R LEAF I N STALLAT I O N / HING E S ID E WITH T- STO P G U I D E R A I L I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5 65 43 30 120 42 160 16 142 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 120 428,5 … 160 … 142 … = Fitting dimensions DIN left | … = DIN right TS 500 … L D IR ECT I N STALLAT I O N D O O R LEAF I N STALLAT I O N / OPPO S ITE H IN GE SI D E W I TH T- STO P G U I DE R AI L BG D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5 44 Cross-section = direct installation 428,5 38 27,8 30 140 110 135 140 160 … 1 = Fitting dimensions DIN right | … = DIN left … 135 160 110 T-stop guide rail | Opening restriction | Door closers with guide rail TS … 0 … 0 L IN STALLAT I O N W I TH M O U N TI N G PLATE DO O R LEAF I N STALLAT I O N / O PP OS ITE H IN G E S I D E W I TH T- STO P G UI DE RAI L BG I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5 30 140 54,8 65 428,5 122 … 16 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … = Fitting dimensions DIN right | … = DIN left D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / HIN GE S ID E T- STO P G U I D E R A I L W I TH PI VOT BEAR I N G D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5±0,2 15 38±1 43 120±1 22 44±0,1 … 170±1 40±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation | … = optional TR A N S OM IN STALLAT I O N / HIN GE S ID E T- STO P G U I D E R A I L W I TH PI VOT BEAR I N G D I R ECT I N STALLATION 36 22 30 10 38±1 80 60 40±0,2 44±0,1 160 170±1 … 33 Cross-section = direct installation | … = optional 140 160 120±1 108 428,5±0,2 452,5 160 122 133 134 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Opening restriction | T-stop guide rail D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / OPPO S ITE H IN GE SI D E T- STO P G U I D E R A I L BG W I TH PI VOT BEARI N G D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5±0,2 38±1 10 140±1 22 44±0,1 … 40±0,2 150±1 40±0,2 150±1 Cross-section = direct installation | … = optional TRAN S OM IN STALLAT I O N / OPPO S ITE H IN GE SI D E T- STO P G U I D E R A I L BG W I TH PI VOT BEARI N G … 16,5 38±1 22 44±0,1 D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation | … = optional 120±1 T-stop guide rail | Opening restriction | Door closers with guide rail 135 T- STOP GU ID E R A I L W I TH P I VOT B EAR IN G – O RDER I N FO RM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 white RAL 9016 108481 stainless steel optic1 102364 acc. to RAL2 102365 silver-coloured 102366 white RAL 9016 108482 stainless steel optic1 102367 acc. to RAL2 102368 silver-coloured 112688 white RAL 9016 112689 acc. to RAL2 112690 Mounting plate guide rail BG For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail silver-coloured 124683 acc. to RAL2 124684 Mounting plate guide rail For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 acc. to RAL2 104515 silver-coloured 115006 acc. to RAL2 115007 T-Stop guide rail opposite hinge side BG TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side Pivot bearing for T-Stop guide rails Surface-mounted INSTALLATION MATERIAL Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For ECline and T-Stop guide rail … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. TS 5000 with T-Stop guide rail, Catholic Church Administration Building, Stuttgart, Germany (photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) 136 137 SW ING D O OR Accessories To make your hold-open devices even safer in an emergency, we have a wide range of accessories in our product range. For example, you can opt for a GEZE smoke switch control unit. Manual or wireless – we have numerous versions on offer for you. We are more than happy to answer any questions you may have about your safe door. 138 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Accessories | RSZ … smoke switch control unit RSZ … smoke switch control unit V I D EO Extendable smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices AR EAS OF A PP L I CAT I O N Approved for all GEZE hold-open devices for the early detection of fire and smoke Difficult lintel situations, for example with too little space above the smoke chamber Installation above the active leaf on the vertical wall Installation possible with surface-mounted line-feed PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Telescopic function for bridging overhangs of up to 30 mm Connection to 230 V power supply and 24 V DC supply of the hold-open device Power supply of the hold-open system is interrupted in the case of an alarm and the doors close Integrated smoke switch with automatic adaptation of the alarm threshold Compensates for light contamination of the smoke chamber and thus increases the service life Visual display of the current control panel status Additional smoke switches can be connected Surface-mounted line-feed possible RSZ … smoke switch control unit | Accessories | Door closers with guide rail 139 PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 347 293 27 124 33 30 14 55 … 3 … 4 … = threaded hole M5 | … = opening for additional connections | … = power supply (230 V) | … = threaded hole M5 O R D E R IN FOR M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module For the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module For wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL 170523 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL 170524 Manual trigger switch For the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 Surface-mounted box, single Suitable for the AS 500 switch programme Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels For the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices Replacement glass pane For manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 120503 alpine white/red 120880 010994 140 141 SW ING D O OR Further information With overhead door closers with guide rails, your swing doors are always closed when they shouldn’t be open. As they do not have to be manually closed, they also provide safety in the event of a fire. Tightened legal regulations make overhead door closers with guide rails essential for many doors. For every self-locking door and all other needs, GEZE always offers the matching solution. Use our many versions with a wide variety of technical and visual options. 142 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Further information TECH N OLOGY – TS … 0 … 0 OV E R HEA D D O O R CLO SER … 6 … 1 … 4 … = Closing speed setting | … = Latching action setting | … = Back check setting | … = Opening assistance | … = Closing force display | … = Setting closing force from the front TECH N OLOGY – TS … 0 … 0 V OV E R HEA D D O OR CLO SER … 2 … 1 … 1 = Closing speed setting | … = Latching action setting | … = Back check setting | … = Opening assistance | … = Setting closing force from the side Further information | Door closers with guide rail 143 SYSTE M TS … 0 … 0 – I N STALLAT I O N P O S SI BI LI TI ES single leaf Installation of door closer on hinge side Door leaf installation Transom installation Door leaf installation Transom installation Standard design / with delayed closing TS 50001 TS 5000 L2 TS 5000 L2 TS 50001 Electromechanical hold-open unit TS 5000 E1 TS 5000 L-E2 Electromechanical hold-open unit and integrated smoke switch TS 5000 R1 TS 5000 L-R2 Electric free swing function TS 5000 EFS 3-6 TS 5000 EFS 3-6 KM Electric free swing function with integrated smoke switch TS 5000 RFS 3-6 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 KM Integrated closing sequence control TS 5000 ISM1 Ac Integrated closing sequence control with electromechanical hold-open unit on both leaves tiv e le af Pa ssiv TS 5000 L-ISM2/ L-ISM VPK3 e le af TS 5000 E-ISM1 Ac double leaf Installation of door loser on opposite hinge side tiv e le af P iv ass e le af Ac tiv e le af Pa ssiv e le af TS 5000 L-E-ISM2/ L-E-ISM VPK3 Ac tiv e le af Pa ssiv e le af Integrated closing sequence con- TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/S1 trol, optional for free swing function on the active leaf with electromechanical hold-open function only Ac af tiv e le e le on the active leaf ssiv af Pa Integrated closing sequence control with electromechanical holdopen function on active leaf TS 5000 E-ISM/G1 Ac Integrated closing sequence control with electromechanical hold-open function on both leaves or on the active leaf and the smoke switch Integrated closing sequence control with smoke switch, optional for free swing function on the active leaf with electromechanical holdopen function only on the passive leaf tiv e le af Pa ssiv e le af TS 5000 L-R ISM Ac tiv e le af Pa ssiv e le af TS 5000 R-ISM/ R-ISM/G1 Ac tiv e le af Pa ssiv e le af TS 5000 R-ISM/ 0/R-ISM/S1 Ac tiv e le af Pa ssiv e le af … can also be implemented with the design variants of the TS 5000 closer body | … can also be implemented with the design variants of the TS 5000 L closer body | … for double leaf full panic doors 144 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Further information GENE R AL PR OD UCT F U N CTI O N S A N D I N FOR M AT I O N D O O R CLO SER WI TH G UIDE RAIL 0° … = Back check: reduces the speed of a forcefully pushed open door at approximately 90° door opening. However, it must not be used as a substitute for separate measures designed to limit the opening angle (such as a door stopper or other structural methods), e.g. in the case of doors that open outwards or are liable to be exposed to the wind. | … = Closing speed: The speed at which a door closes can be set on an individual basis. | … = Latching action: When the door is just a few degrees away from reaching the closed position, this function increases the door speed in order to overcome any closing resistance (e.g. in the form of air resistance) | … = Delayed closing: This function reduces the closing speed of a door or stops the door so that people have enough time to get through it. … 1 180° … 2 S P ECI ALLY FO R O PPOSITE HING E SIDE INSTALLAT IO N To prevent damage to the door system, the maximum door opening angle must be limited (door stopper or T-Stop guide rail). X X dimension = distance dimension of pivot point to contact area of guide rail D O O R CLO SER WI TH ADJUSTABLE CLOSING FO RCE The relevant standards stipulate that the closing force (closing force of the closer) must be selected in accordance with the door leaf width. Where necessitated by the structural (door height, door weight) or local conditions (wind), the next closing force up must be set. TS 3000 V, TS 5000 and related versions offer several closing forces in one housing. The desired closing force can be selected by means of an adjustment screw. The TS 5000 features a visual display so you can see which closing force is currently selected. Door closing force acc. to EN standard Door leaf width (mm) Closing force … up to 750 Closing force … over 750 up to 850 Closing force … over 850 up to 950 Closing force … over 950 up to 1100 Closing force … over 1100 up to 1250 Closing force … over 1250 up to 1400 Door closer with mechanical hold-open device: Installation of the hold-open device into the corresponding guide rail enables variable adjustment of the door hold-open function between 80° and 130°. The retention force of the hold-open function can be adjusted. The hold-open function can therefore be switched off too. S I NGLE LEAF SYSTEMS DO U B LE LEAF SYSTEM S ( E XCE PT TS … 0 … 0 L- R- ISM VP) Door opening angle Door opening angle Further information | Door closers with guide rail 145 P RO DUCT I N FORMATION FOR DOOR CLOSE RS Due to the liability the manufacturer has for its products under the German product liability law (§ … Prod-HaftG), the following information regarding door closers for swing leaf doors must be observed. Failure to comply releases the manufacturer from his statutory liability. 1) PRODUCT INFORMATION AND USE AS INTENDED if the warranted properties are likely to trigger proper functioning, e.g. in case of storms or unusual levels of overpressure Within this context, door closers are to be defined as products for or underpressure acting on the door, closing swing leaf doors after they have been opened manually. if door closers are used for any purpose other than The closing action is dampened using a hydraulically adjustable closing doors, feature. if the selected closing force does not tally with the manufacturer's The level of closing force required for specific leaf widths is recommendations defined in EN 1154. In the case of non-standard applications, the details provided by the manufacturer are to be regarded as definitive. Door closers are used on installed swing leaf doors made from 3) PRODUCT PERFORMANCE Where catalogues, brochures, manuals, etc. do not contain spemetal, timber or plastic and combinations thereof. When used on cific details of product performance, special requirements must be smoke and fire protection doors or other standardised self-locking doors, they are subject to strict requirements in terms of the discussed and agreed with the manufacturer. type of installation and their position. Any deviation from these requirements constitutes improper use. The EN 1154 standards serve as a guideline. These standards stipulate the vast majority of basic and additional requirements. Proper use of door closers (use as intended) relies on doors being Amongst other things, the usability of door closers depends on installed perpendicular and their being able to move smoothly; it how often they are operated, how they are operated, environis also dependent on the door closers being properly secured. The mental influences and how they are cared for. Door closers must products must be installed and adjusted professionally in accordbe replaced as soon as the door's closing action can no longer be ance with the manufacturer’s specifications. guaranteed to be fault-free and reliable. Where local conditions are particularly unfavourable (wind), door closers with higher torques must be used. 4) PRODUCT MAINTENANCE Safety-related components of door closers must be checked regularly for tightness and signs of wear (depending on what the requirements are). Fixing screws must be re-tightened and defective components replaced. In addition, the following maintenance work must be carried out at least once a year (depending on the swing leaf door type and extent of use. It is particularly important to use door closers with a back check function on swing leaf doors that are exposed to wind when opening outwards. The back check function helps protect people, door elements, nearby walls and objects, without restricting the door opening angle. If the structural conditions of the door are such that there is a risk of the door leaf hitting the frame in the vicinity of the Grease all moving parts on the link arm. door’s axis of rotation, a buffer must be installed to limit the door’s In the case of door closers with special functions (hold-open maximum opening angle. If swing leaf doors are to be fixed in the devices and hold-open systems), ensure compliance with statuopen position, this may only be achieved using special additional tory inspections, monitoring requirements and suggested maintefittings or integrated constructional elements. When used on nance intervals. smoke and fire protection doors, the devices must be officially Check the door closer settings e.g. the closing speed. approved by Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik (German Centre of Check that the door is able to move easily. Competence for Construction) (door suitability certificates must be heeded). Do not use any cleaning agents that contain corrosive or damaging ingredients. Door closers are not suitable for installation on swing leaf doors in the case of exposed exterior installation or for installation in envi- 5) DUTIES TO INFORM AND INSTRUCT ronments where the air contains aggressive, corrosive substances The following resources are available to help planners, specialist or in extremely high or low temperatures. suppliers, installation companies, builders and users fulfil their duties of information and instruction: Following installation, enclosures for floor springs must be protected against soiling. If floor springs are exposed to penetrating Catalogues, brochures, leaflets, water such as wet rooms or exterior doors with no protection from Tender texts and bidding documents, the rain, the area between the cement box and the floor spring Attachment instructions, installation drawings, operating cover must be sealed with a suitable sealing compound. instructions, standards Advice from field staff. Compliance with mandatory statutory provisions must be ensured, where applicable, before door closers (including any To ensure correct use of door closers on swing doors, guarantee additional devices) are installed and commissioned. their function and make sure they are maintained and cared for appropriately: 2) MISUSE Misuse (i.e. improper use of door closer products for swing leaf doors) includes, in particular: the presence of obstacles in the closing area, scraping doors, sticking seals, wooden wedges, etc. that hinder the door’s closing action. if incorrect or improper mounting and/or adjustment occurs, if reaching into the area between the door frame and leaf (risk of injury), Architects and planners are advised to order and observe the necessary product information, Specialist suppliers are advised to observe the product information and advice in the price lists and, in particular, to order all relevant instructions, which are to be passed on to the installation engineer, fabrication companies are advised to observe all the product information and to pass it on to the client and user. 146 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Further information COVE R CAPS FOR G E Z E D O O R CLO S E R S The following cover caps are available for the TS 3000 V and TS 5000 overhead door closers: silver-coloured dark bronze white RAL 9016 polished brass stainless steel Further RAL colours on request. Further information | Door closers with guide rail ÖAMTC headquarters / Mobility Centre in Vienna, Austria (photo: Sigrid Rauchdobler / GEZE GmbH ) Stadion Miejski Wrocław, built for Euro 2012, Poland (photo: Luckasz Janicki / GEZE GmbH) 147 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 Email: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2025_02 ID no. 091593 EN Subject to change without notice
SUMMARY OF POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Installation options for overhead door closers … | Contents Contents RECOMME N D E D SE T T I N G S FO R G E Z E D O OR CLO SER S … INSTR U CTION S FO R O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI D E I N STALLATI O N … TS 15 … 0 Door leaf installation hinge side … Transom installation opposite hinge side … TS 15 … 0 G Door leaf installation hinge side … Transom installation hinge side … TS 200 … N V/ N V B C Door leaf installation hinge side … Door leaf installation opposite hinge side with PA bracket for parallel arm installation … Door leaf installation hinge side with mounting plate for segmental arched door 10 Door leaf installation hinge side with clamping shoe for all-glass door 11 Door leaf installation hinge side with mounting plate for link arm with slim frames 11 Transom installation opposite hinge side 12 Transom installation opposite hinge side with lintel casing bracket 12 TS 30 … 0 V / V B C / E N … Door leaf installation hinge side 13 Door leaf installation opposite hinge side 13 Door leaf installation hinge side with clamping shoe for all-glass door 14 Transom installation hinge side 15 Transom installation opposite hinge side 16 Transom installation opposite hinge side with lintel casing bracket 17 TS 400 … / S / E / E FS Door leaf installation hinge side 18 Door leaf installation hinge side with mounting plate for link arm with slim frames 19 TS 400 … / E / E FS / R / R FS Transom installation opposite hinge side 20 TS 400 … / S Door leaf installation opposite hinge side with PA bracket for parallel arm installation 21 Door leaf installation hinge side with mounting plate for segmental arched door 22 Door leaf installation hinge side with clamping shoe for all-glass door 23 Transom installation opposite hinge side with lintel casing bracket 24 TS 400 … IS / E-IS Door leaf installation hinge side, 2-leaf 25 TS 400 … IS / E-IS / R - I S Transom installation opposite hinge side, 2-leaf 26 Contents | TS … 0 … 0 / EC L I N E / S / E / R / E FS / R FS / TS … 000 SO FTCLO SE Door leaf installation hinge side 27 TS … 0 … 0 E FS / R FS Transom installation hinge side 28 TS … 0 … 0 / EC L I N E / S / E / TS … 0 … 0 S O FTCLO SE Transom installation opposite hinge side 29 Transom installation opposite hinge side with lintel casing bracket 30 TS … 0 … 0 / EC L I N E / S / E / TS … 0 … 0 S O FTCLO SE Door leaf installation hinge side with clamping shoe for all-glass door 31 TS … 0 … 0 IS M / E- I SM / R - I S M / F R E E SW I N G O PTI O N AL / ECLI N E O PTI O N AL / IS M-S OFTC LO SE / E- I SM S O F TCLO SE / R- I SM SO FTCLO SE Door leaf installation hinge side, 2-leaf 32 TS … 0 … 0 L/ EC L I N E L / TS … 0 … 0 L S O F TCLO SE Transom installation hinge side 34 TS … 0 … 0 L / ECL I N E L / TS … 0 … 0 L S O F TCLO SE / L- E / L- R Door leaf installation opposite hinge side 35 Door leaf installation opposite hinge side with lintel casing bracket 36 TS … 0 … 0 L-IS M / L- E- I S M / L- R - I S M / L-I SM VPK / L- E- I SM VPK / L- R- I SM VP Door leaf installation opposite hinge side, 2-leaf 37 T- STOP GU ID E R A I L W I T H P I VOT B E A R IN G Door leaf installation hinge side 39 Door leaf installation opposite hinge side 39 Transom installation hinge side 40 Transom installation opposite hinge side 40 … 4 | Recommended settings for GEZE door closers RECOMME N D E D SE T T I N G S FO R G E Z E D O OR CLO SER S Remove face plate Clip face plate open … Set … 2 … TS 5000/4000/3000/2000: slit TS 1500: PH2 cross slot TS … 000 Display closing force Leaf width [mm] … up to 850 … 850 - 950 … 950 - 1100 … 1100 - 1250 … 1250 - 1400 Sec Light-running door must be closed completely by the door closer! … = Closing force | … = Closing speed | … = Latching action | … = Back check | … = Delayed closing (only with TS 5000 S) TS … 000 Display closing force Leaf width [mm] … up to 750 … 750 - 850 … 850 - 950 … 950 - 1100 … 1100 - 1250 … 1250 - 1400 Sec Light-running door must be closed completely by the door closer! … = Closing force | … = Closing speed | … = Latching action (only with TS 4000 S) | … = Back check | … = Delayed closing (only with TS 4000 S) TS … 000 V Setting latching action with latching action Setting closing force Leaf width [mm] Limit stop - up to 750 … turns 750 - 850 … turns 850 - 950 Limit stop + 950 - 1100 Light-running door must be closed completely by the door closer! … = Closing force | … = Closing speed | … = Latching action | … = Back check (only with TS 3000 V BC) without latching action Sec Recommended settings for GEZE door closers | TS 2000 N V Setting closing force Leaf width [mm] Limit stop - up to 850 … turns 850 - 950 Limit stop+ up to 1100 Light-running door must be closed completely by the door closer! Sec … = Closing force | … = Closing speed | … = Latching action | … = Back check (only with TS 2000 NV BC) TS … 5 00 Setting closing force Leaf width [mm] 850 - 950 ° 90 A 950 - 1100 ° 90 B Light-running door must be closed completely by the door closer! Setting of closing force by rotating the top of the link arm … = Closing speed | … = Latching action Sec … | Recommended TS 1500 settings for GEZE door closers GENE R AL P R OD UCT I N FO R M AT I O N A B O U T G EZ E OVERHEAD DO O R CLO SER S CLOSIN G FOR C E according to EN 1154 recommended door leaf width (mm) Closing force … up to 750 Closing force … over 750 up to 850 Closing force … over 850 up to 950 Closing force … over 950 up to 1100 Closing force … over 1100 up to 1250 Closing force … over 1250 up to 1400 Closing force … over 1400 up to 1600 N OT ES FO R DO O R CLOSERS WITH G UIDE RAIL FO R O PPO SITE HIN G E SIDE IN STA LL ATIO N Attention: To prevent damage to the door system, the maximum door opening angle must be limited (door stopper or T-Stop guide rail). X X … X max. 90 80 A 70 60 50 … 2 X 100 110 120 130 140 Y 100 110 120 130 140 Y X max. 100 90 80 B 70 60 50 … = Door overlap max. 15 mm | … = Flush-mounted door | X = Distance from the pivot point to contact area of guide rail X dimension max. = 100 mm for 2-leaf/ 90 mm for 1-leaf | A = 1-leaf systems | B = 2-leaf systems (except TS 5000 L-R-ISM VP, TS 5000 L-ISM VPK and TS 5000 L-E-ISM VPK) | Y = Door opening angle GEZE VPK systems must be fitted on the opposite hinge side of 2-leaf full panic doors. X dimension max. = 110 mm. N OT ES FO R DO O R CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM FO R O PPO SITE HIN G E SIDE IN STA LL ATIO N B A A = Reveal depth | B = Reveal depth + … door thickness + … pivot point distance Door opening up to 180° is only possible if the following dimensions are not exceeded: A = 70 mm and B = 200 mm TS 1500 | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E TS 1500 door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 3/4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 1500 door closer closing force EN 3/4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 101792 Link arm TS 1500/1000 C standard silver-coloured 101878 Link arm TS 1500/1000 C with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 101815 silver-coloured 029682 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate door closer for TS 1500 TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 1500 transom installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 3/4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 1500 door closer closing force EN 3/4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 101792 Link arm TS 1500/1000 C standard silver-coloured 101878 Link arm TS 1500/1000 C with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 101815 silver-coloured 029682 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate door closer for TS 1500 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. … 8 | TS 1500 G D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E TS 1500 G door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 750 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 1500 G door closer closing force EN … (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 101792 Guide rail TS 1500 G with lever silver-coloured 101885 Guide rail TS 1500 G/F with mechanical hold-open device and lever silver-coloured 101889 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for TS 1500 G silver-coloured 072333 Mounting plate door closer for TS 1500 silver-coloured 029682 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N H I N G E SI D E TS 1500 G transom installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 750 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 1500 G door closer closing force EN … (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 101792 Guide rail TS 1500 G with lever silver-coloured 101885 Guide rail TS 1500 G/F with mechanical hold-open device and lever silver-coloured 101889 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for TS 1500 G silver-coloured 072333 Mounting plate door closer for TS 1500 silver-coloured 029682 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 2000 NV / NV BC | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E TS 2000 NV door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate door closer for TS 2000 NV and NV BC with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … 126234 D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH PA BRACKET FOR PA R A LLE L A R M I N STA LL AT I O N TS 2000 NV door leaf installation/opposite hinge side parallel arm installation AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 30 mm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 053318 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/TS 2000, for parallel arm installation Mounting plate door closer for TS 2000 NV and NV BC with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 126234 … 10 | TS 2000 NV / NV BC D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W ITH M O UN TI N G PLATE FO R SEG M EN TAL ARCHED DOOR TS 2000 NV door leaf installation/hinge side segmental arch ARE AS OF APP LI CAT I O N Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Semicircular/segmental arched doors, max. arch height approx. 130 mm Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 127434 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate segmental arched door for TS 2000 NV, arch height max. 130 mm N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 2000 NV / NV BC | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W I TH CLAM PI N G SHO E FO R ALL- G LASS DO O R TS 2000 NV door leaf installation/hinge side clamping shoe glass AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Clamping shoe, glass thickness 8-10 mm Mounting plate and counterplate variant also possible, glass thickness 10/12 mm O R D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 3000/TS 2000 NV silver-coloured 014835 Mounting plate and counterplate for all-glass door for TS 3000/TS 2000 NV silver-coloured 090259 ACCESSORIES D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W I TH M O UN TI N G PLATE FO R LI N K AR M WITH S LIM FRA M ES TS 2000 NV door leaf installation/hinge side mounting plate slim frame AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2/4/5 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2/4/5 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 057109 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/TS 2000, with slim frames Mounting plate door closer for TS 2000 NV and NV BC with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 126234 11 12 | TS 2000 3000 V NV /V / NV BC BC / EN3 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 2000 NV transom installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate door closer for TS 2000 NV and NV BC with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … 126234 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH LI N TEL CASI N G BRACKET TS 2000 NV transom installation/opposite hinge side lintel casing bracket AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 100 mm Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 127432 ACCESSORIES Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 2000 NV/TS 3000 V N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 3000 V / V BC / EN3 | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E TS 3000 V door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors TS 3000 EN3 for leaf widths up to 950 mm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 102247 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN slide block-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 109326 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate door closer for TS 3000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 011230 D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 3000 V door leaf installation/opposite hinge side (optionally with lintel casing bracket) AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors TS 3000 EN3 for leaf widths up to 950 mm Installation with lintel casing bracket possible OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 102247 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN 2-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 109326 Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever, for use with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 025655 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail BG for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 124683 Mounting plate door closer for TS 3000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 011230 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for standard guide rail silver-coloured 025657 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 13 14 | TS 3000 V / V BC / EN3 D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W ITH CLAM PI N G SHO E FO R ALL- G LASS DO O R TS 3000 V door leaf installation/hinge side clamping shoe glass AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 3000 EN3 for leaf widths up to 950 mm Clamping shoe, glass thickness 8-10 mm ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 102247 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN 2-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 109326 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 silver-coloured 014835 ACCESSORIES Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 3000/TS 2000 NV Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/ T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 071924 silver-coloured 001512 TS 3000 V / V BC / EN3 | TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E SI D E TS 3000 V transom installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 3000 EN3 for leaf widths up to 950 mm Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 102247 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN 2-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 109326 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 ACCESSORIES 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate door closer for TS 3000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 011230 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 15 16 | TS 3000 V / V BC / EN3 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 3000 V transom installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 3000 EN3 for leaf widths up to 950 mm Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 102247 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN 2-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 109326 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 Guide rail TS 5000/3000 riveted firmly riveted slide block, with lever silver-coloured 069650 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate door closer for TS 3000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 011230 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 3000 V / V BC / EN3 | TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH LI N TEL CASI N G BRACKET TS 3000 V transom installation/opposite hinge side lintel casing bracket AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 3000 EN3 for leaf widths up to 950 mm Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 100 mm Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 102247 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN 2-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 109326 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 Guide rail TS 5000/3000 riveted firmly riveted slide block, with lever silver-coloured 069650 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 2000 NV/TS 3000 V silver-coloured 127432 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 17 18 | TS 4000 / S / E / EFS D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E TS 4000 door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm A manual trigger switch is mandatory for free swing door closers in Germany. ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 S door closer closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 107745 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 TS 4000 E door closer closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device and connector box (without link arm) silver-coloured 105211 TS 4000 EFS door closer closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function and connector box (without free swing link arm) silver-coloured 105211 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 Link arm TS 4000 EFS/RFS with free swing function/free swing silver-coloured 106460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/E-HY/TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 ACCESSORIES N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 4000 / S / E / EFS | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W I TH M O UN TI N G PLATE FO R LI N K AR M WITH S LIM FRA M ES TS 4000 door leaf installation/hinge side mounting plate slim frame AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1-6 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm A manual trigger switch is mandatory for free swing door closers in Germany. OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 S door closer closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 107745 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 TS 4000 E door closer closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device and connector box (without link arm) silver-coloured 105211 TS 4000 EFS door closer closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function and connector box (without free swing link arm) silver-coloured 105211 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 Link arm TS 4000 EFS/RFS with free swing function/free swing silver-coloured 106460 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/TS 2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/E-HY/TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 ACCESSORIES N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 19 20 | TS 4000 / E / EFS / R / RFS TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 transom installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm A manual trigger switch is mandatory for free swing door closers in Germany. Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 TS 4000 E KM BG door closer closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device (without link arm) silver-coloured 105213 TS 4000 EFS KM BG door closer closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function (without free swing link arm) silver-coloured 105213 TS 4000 R KM BG door closer closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device and integrated smoke switch control unit (without link arm) silver-coloured 105241 TS 4000 RFS KM BG door closer closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function and integrated smoke switch control unit (without free swing link arm) silver-coloured 105241 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 Link arm TS 4000 EFS/RFS with free swing function/free swing silver-coloured 106460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/E-HY/TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 RFS KM/TS 4000 R and R-IS with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … black 058808 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 ACCESSORIES N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 4000 / E / EFS TS/4000 R / RFS / S | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH PA BRACKET FOR PA R A LLE L A R M I N STA LL AT I O N TS 4000 door leaf installation/opposite hinge side parallel arm installation AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 30 mm Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 S door closer closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 107745 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/TS 2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 ACCESSORIES N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 21 22 | TS 4000 / S D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W ITH M O UN TI N G PLATE FO R SEG M EN TAL ARCHED DOOR TS 4000 door leaf installation/hinge side segmental arch ARE AS OF APP LI CAT I O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm Semicircular/segmental arched doors, max. arch height approx. 130 mm Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 S door closer closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 107745 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 058782 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate segmental arched door for TS 4000, arch height max. 130 mm N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 4000 / S | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W I TH CLAM PI N G SHO E FO R ALL- G LASS DO O R TS 4000 door leaf installation/hinge side clamping shoe glass AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm Clamping shoe, glass thickness 8-10 mm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 S door closer closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 107745 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 057126 ACCESSORIES Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 23 24 | TS 4000 / S TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH LI N TEL CASI N G BRACKET TS 4000 transom installation/opposite hinge side lintel casing bracket AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 100 mm Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 S door closer closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 107745 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 049240 ACCESSORIES Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 5000/TS 4000 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 4000 IS / E-IS | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E , … - LEAF TS 4000 door leaf installation/hinge side, 2-leaf GF = Active leaf | SF = Passive leaf A R E AS OF AP P L I CAT I O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 IS door closer closing force EN 1-6 with integrated closing sequence control (without release mechanism and link arm) Hinge clearance silver-coloured 102798 TS 4000 E-IS door closer closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device, connector box, integrated closing sequence control and mounting plate (without release mechanism and link arm) silver-coloured 105237 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 ACCESSORIES Release mechanism closing sequence control for TS 4000 IS/E-IS/R-IS 1200 - 1500 mm 058306 1500 - 1800 mm 058307 1800 - 2100 mm 058308 2100 - 2400 mm 058309 2400 - 2700 mm 058310 > 2700 mm 058311 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. silver-coloured 049185 25 26 | TS 4000 IS / E-IS / R-IS TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE , … - LEAF TS 4000 transom installation/opposite hinge side, 2-leaf GF = Active leaf | SF = Passive leaf ARE AS OF APP LI CAT I O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 IS door closer closing force EN 1-6 with integrated closing sequence control (without release mechanism and link arm) Hinge clearance silver-coloured 102798 TS 4000 E-IS KM BG door closer closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device, integrated closing sequence control and mounting plate (without link arm and connector box) silver-coloured 105239 TS 4000 R-IS KM BG door closer closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device and smoke switch control unit (without link arm and release mechanism) silver-coloured 105244 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 ACCESSORIES Release mechanism closing sequence control for TS 4000 IS/E-IS/R-IS 1200 - 1500 mm 058306 1500 - 1800 mm 058307 1800 - 2100 mm 058308 2100 - 2400 mm 058309 2400 - 2700 mm 058310 > 2700 mm 058311 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. silver-coloured 049185 TS 5000 / ECline / S / E / R / EFS / RFS / TS 5000 SoftClose | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E TS 5000 door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors TS 5000 EFS/RFS for leaf widths up to 1400 mm with closing force 3-6 according to EN 1154 A manual trigger switch is mandatory for free swing door closers in Germany. OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 S door closer closing force EN 2-6, with delayed closing and back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 107935 TS 5000 door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027333 TS 5000 ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 TS 5000 EFS complete package door leaf installation closing force EN 3-6, door leaf installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open device silver-coloured 155477 silver-coloured TS 5000 RFS complete package door leaf installation closing force EN 3-6, transom installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, integrated smoke control switch unit, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open device 155481 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 181792 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 T-Stop-guide rail TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 Guide rail TS 5000 ECline for use with TS 5000 ECline door closer, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143572 E guide rail TS 5000 with electric hold-open device and lever silver-coloured 116295 R guide rail TS 5000 with electric hold-open device, integrated smoke switch control unit and lever silver-coloured 116300 R guide rail TS 5000 with integrated smoke switch control unit and lever, without electrical hold-open device silver-coloured 167813 ACCESSORIES 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate guide rail for E guide rail silver-coloured 123294 Mounting plate guide rail for R/RFS guide rail silver-coloured 123296 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/E-HY/TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 AS 500 manual trigger switch alpine white/red for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring 116266 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 27 28 | TS 5000 EFS / RFS TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N H I N G E SI D E TS 5000 transom installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 3- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors A manual trigger switch is mandatory for free swing door closers in Germany. ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 EFS complete package transom installation closing force EN 3-6, transom installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open device silver-coloured 155479 silver-coloured TS 5000 RFS complete package transom installation closing force EN 3-6, transom installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, integrated smoke switch control unit, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open device 155484 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/E-HY/TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 5000 / ECline / S / TS 5000 SoftClose | TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 5000 transom installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors Delayed closing action range TS 5000 S depending on the door construction OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027333 TS 5000 ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 TS 5000 S door closer closing force EN 2-6 , with delayed closing and back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 107935 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 181792 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 T-Stop-guide rail TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 Guide rail TS 5000/3000 riveted firmly riveted slide block, with lever silver-coloured 069650 ECline guide rail TS 5000 for use with TS 5000 ECline door closer, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143572 ACCESSORIES Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors for riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG, standard guide rail and Boxer … mm guide rail 069780 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 29 30 | TS 5000 / ECline / S / TS 5000 SoftClose TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH LI N TEL CASI N G BRACKET TS 5000 transom installation/opposite hinge side lintel casing bracket AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 2-6 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 100 mm Fire and smoke protection doors Delayed closing action range TS 5000 S depending on the door design ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027333 TS 5000 ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 TS 5000 S door closer closing force EN 2-6 , with delayed closing and back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 107935 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 181792 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 T-Stop-guide rail TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 Guide rail TS 5000/3000 riveted firmly riveted slide block, with lever silver-coloured 069650 ECline guide rail TS 5000 for use with TS 5000 ECline door closer, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143572 ACCESSORIES Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors for riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG, standard guide rail and Boxer … mm guide rail 069780 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 049240 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 5000 L-ISM / L-E-ISM / L-R-ISM / L-ISM VPK / L-E-ISM VPK / L-R-ISM VP / TS 5000 SoftClose | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W I TH CLAM PI N G SHO E FO R ALL- G LASS DO O R TS 5000 door leaf installation/hinge side clamping shoes glass AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2-6 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Clamping shoe, glass thickness 8-10 mm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027333 TS 5000 ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 TS 5000 S door closer closing force EN 2-6, with delayed closing and back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 107935 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 181792 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 T-Stop-guide rail TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 ECline guide rail TS 5000 for use with TS 5000 ECline door closer, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143572 E guide rail TS 5000 with electric hold-open device and lever silver-coloured 116295 ACCESSORIES 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 057126 Mounting plate guide rail for E guide rail silver-coloured 123294 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 31 32 | TS 5000 ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM / free swing optional / ECline optional / ISM SoftClose / E-ISM SoftClose / R-ISM SoftClose D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E , … -LEAF TS 5000 door leaf installation/hinge side, 2-leaf ARE AS OF APP LI CAT I O N Closing force 2-6 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors A manual trigger switch is mandatory for free swing door closers in Germany. Different variants for hold-open combinations on active leaves and passive leaves or free swing function on active leaves (EN3-6) possible ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027333 TS 5000 S door closer closing force EN 2-6, with delayed closing and back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 107935 TS 5000 EHy door closer closing force EN 2-5, door leaf installation on the hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 155475 TS 5000 ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 181792 ISM guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 115549 E-ISM guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers silver-coloured 115600 E-ISM/G guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the active leaf and levers silver-coloured 115605 E-ISM/S guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the passive leaf and levers silver-coloured 160547 R-ISM guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers silver-coloured 115614 R-ISM/G guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the active leaf , smoke switch control unit and levers silver-coloured 115619 R-ISM/0 guide rail TS 5000 continuous,with integrated closing sequence control, smoke switch control unit and levers, without electric hold-open device silver-coloured 160543 R-ISM/S guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the passive leaf, smoke switch control unit and levers silver-coloured 160545 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 5000 ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM / free swing optional / ECline optional / ISM SoftClose / E-ISM SoftClose / R-ISM SoftClose | OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for ISM guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be overridden 118437 Mounting plate guide rail for ISM/E-ISM guide rail silver-coloured 118702 Mounting plate guide rail for R-ISM guide rail silver-coloured 118690 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/E-HY/TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 Retrofit kit ECline ISM/ISM BG black 154767 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 Hold-open magnet, 24 V DC - 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units; surface-mounted wall installation or floor mounting with accessories base 155569 Magnetic counterplate for GEZE hold-open magnet Design with adjustable joint 115956 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 33 34 | TS 5000 L / ECline L / TS 5000 L SoftClose TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N H I N G E SI D E TS 5000 L transom installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 2- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 L door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027351 TS 5000 L ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143648 TS 5000 L SoftClose door closer closing force EN 3-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 191209 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 T-Stop-guide rail TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 ECline guide rail TS 5000 for use with TS 5000 ECline door closer, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143572 ACCESSORIES 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 5000 L / ECline L / TS 5000 L SoftClose / L-E / L-R | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 5000 L door leaf installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 L door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027351 TS 5000 L ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143648 TS 5000 L SoftClose door closer closing force EN 3-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 191209 BG TS 5000/TS 3000 guide rail standard, with lever, for use with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 025655 T-Stop guide rail BG TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with closer on leaf installation on the opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 102366 ECline guide rail TS 5000 BG for use with TS 5000 L ECline door closer for door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143578 E guide rail BG TS 5000 with electric hold-open device and lever silver-coloured 120039 R guide rail BG TS 5000 with electric hold-open device, integrated smoke switch control unit and lever silver-coloured 120073 ACCESSORIES 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail BG for E guide rail silver-coloured 123289 Mounting plate guide rail ISM for R guide rail silver-coloured 123311 Mounting plate guide rail BG for standard/ECline / T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 124683 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 35 36 | TS 5000 L / ECline L / TS 5000 L SoftClose / L-E / L-R D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH LI N TEL CASI N G BR ACKET TS 5000 L door leaf installation/opposite hinge side lintel casing bracket AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 2- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 40 mm ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 L door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027351 TS 5000 L ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143648 TS 5000 L SoftClose door closer closing force EN 3-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 191209 BG TS 5000/TS 3000 guide rail standard, with lever, for use with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 025655 T-Stop guide rail BG TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with closer on leaf installation on the opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 102366 ECline guide rail TS 5000 BG for use with TS 5000 L ECline door closer for door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143578 E guide rail BG TS 5000 with electric hold-open device and lever silver-coloured 120039 R guide rail BG TS 5000 with electric hold-open device, integrated smoke switch control unit and lever silver-coloured 120073 ACCESSORIES 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ECline and T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 115006 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for standard guide rail silver-coloured 025657 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for E guide rail silver-coloured 123322 Lintel casing bracket guide rail ISM for R guide rail silver-coloured 123324 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 5000 L-ISM / L-E-ISM / L-R-ISM / L-ISM VPK / L-E-ISM VPK / L-R-ISM VP / TS 5000 SoftClose | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE , … - LEAF TS 5000 L door leaf installation/opposite hinge side A R E AS OF AP P L I CAT I O N Closing force 2- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 L door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and level) silver-coloured 027351 TS 5000 L ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143648 ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 115594 ISM guide rail BG VPK TS 5000 complete package system solution for general application on full panic doors comprising … x TS 5000 L, … x TS 5000 L- IS, … x CB flex, … x ISM BG guide rail, continuous, with integrated release mechanism and levers silver-coloured 182642 E-ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers silver-coloured 115608 E-ISM guide rail BG VPK TS 5000 complete package System solution for general use on full panic doors comprising … x TS 5000 L, … x TS 5000 L-IS, … x CB flex, … x E-ISM BG guide rail with electric hold-open device on both leaves, continuous, with integrated release mechanism and levers silver-coloured 182644 R-ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers silver-coloured 115622 R-ISM guide rail BG VP TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers, especially for full panic doors. Caution: maximum X-dimension (centre of hinge – contact area of guide rail) 100 mm including mounting plate silver-coloured 133711 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 37 38 | TS 5000 L-ISM / L-E-ISM / L-R-ISM / L-ISM VPK / L-E-ISM VPK / L-R-ISM VP / TS 5000 SoftClose ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. Mounting plate guide rail BG for ISM- / E-ISM- / R-ISM guide rail BG & VP variants silver-coloured 118704 Mounting plate guide rail BG for ISM/ E-ISM BG VPK guide rail silver-coloured 139757 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM guide rail VP silver-coloured 118706 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM guide rail VP silver-coloured 134816 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ISM/ E-ISM BG VPK guide rail silver-coloured 139710 ACCESSORIES N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. T-Stop guide rail with pivot bearing | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E T-Stop guide rail pivot bearing door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Opening restriction for single action doors without door closer Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Pivot bearing for surface-mounted T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 112688 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail 071924 silver-coloured 001512 D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE T-Stop guide rail pivot bearing door leaf installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Opening restriction for single action doors without door closer Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Installation with lintel casing bracket possible OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Pivot bearing for surface-mounted T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 112688 T-Stop guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with door closer silver-coloured on leaf installation opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side 102366 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail BG for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 124683 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ECline and T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 115006 N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 39 40 | T-Stop guide rail with pivot bearing TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N H I N G E SI D E T-Stop guide rail pivot bearing transom installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Opening restriction for single action doors without door closer Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. Pivot bearing for surface-mounted T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 112688 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail 071924 silver-coloured 001512 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE T-Stop guide rail pivot bearing transom installation/opposite hinge side side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Opening restriction for single action doors without door closer Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. Pivot bearing for surface-mounted T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 112688 T-Stop guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 102366 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail BG for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 071924 silver-coloured 124683 T-Stop guide rail with pivot bearing | TS 5000 with T–Stop guide rail, Catholic church administration, Stuttgart, Germany (photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2025_02 ID no. 146992 EN Subject to change without notice
G E Z E D O O R T E C H N O LO G Y A N D G L A S S S Y S T E M S GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FIT TING SYSTEM FOR SLIDING DOORS, END-FOLDING AND CENTRE-FOLDING DOORS B E W E G UN G M I T S YS T EM Photo on page 2: Siegelwerk GmbH Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM CONTENTS GEZE Apoll – The roller guided sliding fitting system for particularly heavy industrial doors Apoll for sliding doors Apoll for folding doors Apoll für centre-folding doors Apoll accessories for end-folding and centre-folding sliding doors Product information for sliding fitting systems … 5 20 27 33 39 Manual sliding door systems … Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE APOLL The roller guided sliding fitting system for particularly heavy industrial doors Apoll, the largest roller sliding fitting from GEZE, can be used to implement all heavy sliding door systems, such as, car park sliding gates. Apoll has already proved itself to be successful in conveyor and moving systems and as mounting aids in trade and industry. The sendzimir galvanisation of the steel running rail and the other parts ensure high protection from corrosion. Product features For door leaves elements with up to 600 kg Suitable for all sliding doors and door materials Wall and floor installation Durable solutions with single and double roller carriages No contamination due to the closed runner Prismatic running rail ensure optimal operation Hardened steel rollers, ball bearing mounted Ball bearing mounted plastic rollers for particularly quiet operation Movable hanger available in three strengths Individual radii for running rails available on request. Designs: Single or double roller carriage with steel or plastic rollers j j j j j j j j j j j Standard version/Scope of delivery: Steel, sendzimir galvanised running rails All other parts galvanised j j … GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Size 0,1,2 Product features Enclosed tubular track Prismatic troughs Tempered rollers with ball bearings Movable hangers … sizes j j j j j Range of applications For all sliding doors For all door materials For wall and ceiling installation For conveying and shifting systems As mounting aids for trade and industrial applications For heavy loads, see table j j j j j j Load-bearing capacity of track with 700 mm bracket spacing: Size … 150 kg/m Size … 350 kg/m Size … 600 kg/m Size … Size … Size … Fig. 05-1 GEZE Apoll Number of rollers Material of rollers Permissible door weight of sliding doors Roller load of conveyors *) Size … single steel 75 kg 50 kg Size … Size … d single plastic 50 kg 25 kg double steel 150 kg 100 kg double plastic 100 kg 50 kg single steel 175 kg 100 kg single plastic 100 kg 50 kg double steel 350 kg 200 kg double plastic 200 kg 100 kg single steel 300 kg 200 kg single s s s double steel 600 kg 300 kg double s s s = yes, s = no *) central suspended load Manual sliding door systems … Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors Application methods When installing a sliding door, it is essential that stability and static and dynamic equilibrium are assured. The height-to-width ratio, and the resulting different hanging points and fittings, such as door plates or edge-fixing hangers, is therefore decisive. At a width-to-height ratio greater than 1, it is recommended to move the hanging point … x W towards the middle of the door (picture 1). At a width-to-height ratio less than 1, it is best to select edge-fixing hangers, -41, especially for very narrow doors (picture 2). With 2-leaf or multi-leaf door units, edge-fixing hangers, -42, which prevent the rollers from colliding, should be used (picture 3). The end stop -3 (picture 5) is not intended for door stopping, but only as a mounting aid and safety device when installing the sliding door. When the door is in service a wall-fixed door stop, -66, must be positioned at the centre of gravity of the door to stop it. Two wall-fixed stops, -66, are also possible (picture 4). Door stops centered or at … points. The flat-plate guide roller, -50, can be used for all door guides, irrespective of which overhead hanger is selected. However, an edge-fixing guide roller, -51, -52, will be stronger (picture 6). With straight-in opening sliding doors the position of the floor guides is independent of the fixing point of the overhead hangers. … ca. alle 70 cm … 2 … 5 … Schwerpunkt Fig. 06-2 Note: The fittings are identified by numbers. The numbering is based on the following system: The number before the dash indicates the fitting size, the number after the dash the part number. That is to say, the number after the dash is the specific part identifier. The number before the dash changes according to the fitting size. Examples: 1-10 = GEZE Apoll size 1, Wall installation bracket No. 10 2-10 = GEZE Apoll size 2, Wall installation bracket No. 20 0-55 = GEZE Apoll size 0, Curved floor channel No. 55 … GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Installation options … Side and ceiling installation with bracket, door with door plate 0-10 1-10 2-10 … 0-40 1-40 2-40 0-31 1-31 2-31 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-11 1-11 2-11 0-50 1-50 2-50 1-54 2-54 1-54 2-54 Fig. 07-1 Size … Size … Size … a4 41 52,5 70 a5 20,5 26,5 35 b1 100 135 170 b2 70 91 114 d … 13 15 d1 6,4 … 11 e 32 42 56 g1 89-112 116-139 149-177 h2 41,5 53 71 h3 d 15 18 24,5 h3 d 29 38 48,5 h4 43 55,5 72,5 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 l 45 65 85 l1 45 65 95 m 80 114 140 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 p 22 30 40 t … 6 … u 110 180 220 v 20 20 30 w 35 45 53 d = wall installation d = ceiling installation Side and ceiling installation with console, door with edge-fixing … 0-20 1-20 2-20 0-30 1-30 2-30 0-14 1-14 2-14 0-20 1-20 2-20 0-14 1-14 2-14 0-3 1-3 2-3 0-43 1-43 2-43 1-66 2-66 Size … Size … a1 d 45 52,5 a1 d 45 26,5 a2 20,5 135 a3 50 91 a6 15 13 b 22-37 c1 max. 14 42 d2 11 116-139 e 32 53 f1 22,5 18 gd 152-190 38 gd 152-190 55,5 h1 d 62-78 ø 24 h1 d 62-78 65 k1 ø 22 65 l3 60 114 m1 M 10 M 12 u1 80 30 u2 80 … 0-3 1-3 2-3 30-46 … 6 Fig. 07-2 180 20 w1 35 45 Manual sliding door systems … Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Installation options Side and ceiling installation for double console on soft mounting surfaces bolt in steel plate 0-22 1-22 0-22 1-22 Size … Size … a2 20,5 26,5 c max. 69 max. 85 f 22,5 32 g2 92-115 120-143,5 g3 d 55 67,5 g3 d 54,5 74,5 h2 41,5 53 h5 … 24 d = wall installation 0-14 1-14 d = ceiling installation 0-14 1-14 Fig. 08-1 Join bracket l2 Size … Size … Size … 90 130 180 0-12 1-12 2-12 Fig. 08-2 Welding bracket l 0-13 1-13 Fig. 08-3 … GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … 45 65 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Installation options … Side and soffit fixing with bracket, door with edge-fixing hanger … 0-42 1-42 0-31 1-31 0-10 1-10 2-10 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-11 1-11 2-11 0-52 1-52 1-54 2-54 Fig. 09-1 Size … Size … Size … a4 41 52,5 70 a5 20,5 26,5 35 b1 100 135 170 b2 70 91 114 d … 13 15 d1 6,4 … 11 e 32 42 56 g1 89-112 116-139 149-177 h2 41,5 53 71 h3 d 15 18 24,5 h3 d 29 38 48,5 h4 43 55,5 72,5 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 l 45 65 85 l1 45 65 95 m 80 114 140 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 n 60 90 s p 22 30 s t … 6 s u 110 180 s v 20 20 30 w 35 45 s d = yes, s = no d = wall installation Side and ceiling installation with console, door with edge-fixing hanger d = ceiling installation Size … Size … Size … a1 d 45 64 90 a1 d 45 49 80 … 2 0-20 1-20 0-20 1-20 0-30 1-30 2-30 0-51 1-51 Fig. 09-2 0-41 1-41 0-14 1-14 2-14 0-14 1-14 2-14 a2 20,5 26,5 35 a3 50 65 85 a6 15 24 40 c 14 20 30 c1 14 20 30 d2 11 13 17 e 32 42 56 f1 22,5 25 40 gd 146-186 180-231 248-306 gd 146-186 195-246 258-316 h1 d 62-78 69-97 105-135 h1 d 62-78 84-112 115-145 k1 ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 l 45 65 85 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 n1 18 20 30 p 22 30 40 t … 6 … u 110 180 220 w 35 45 53 Manual sliding door systems … Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Tracks Track Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-1 1-1 2-1 b 33 43 57 h 39 51 67 s … 2,5 3,5 W, cm 2,30 4,63 10,62 e cm 2,16 2,85 3,73 kg/m 1,9 2,02 5,72 … Fig. 10-1 Load capacity per m with 700 mm bracket spacing: 150 kg 350 kg 600 kg 025769 018015 018014 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-2 1-2 2-2 a 200 200 300 r 700 800 1000 s … 2,5 3,5 kg (weight) 2,85 4,53 12,4 straight length 1500 1660 2170 ID No. 054771 054773 ID No. (6m) Track curve Fig. 10-2 10 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 054769 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Brackets Wall installation bracket Fig. 11-1 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-10 1-10 2-10 b 41 52,5 70 h 80 100,5 135 l 45 65 95 s … 2,5 3,5 n 15 18 24,5 m 20 23 29,5 o 10 13 19,5 k 25 40 60 d … 13 15 e 6,4 … 11 kg (weight) 0,3 0,6 1,4 ID No. 020701 012686 011554 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-11 1-11 2-11 b 100 135 170 h 50,5 66 86,5 l 45 65 85 o 45 60 90 s 3,5 … 6 n 70 91 114 m s 10 10 k 25 40 60 d ø9 13 15 e 6,4 … 11 kg (weight) 0,3 0,6 1,4 ID No. 023296 012691 012119 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-12 1-12 2-12 b 41 53,5 70 h 47 60,5 80,5 l 90 130 180 s 3,5 … 6 kg (weight) 0,4 0,9 2,1 ID No. 024004 012694 012306 Ceiling installation bracket Fig. 11-2 d = yes, s = no Joint bracket Fig. 11-3 Manual sliding door systems 11 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding – Brackets Welding bracket Size … Size … Des. 0-13 1-13 b 41 52,5 h 47 60,5 l 45 65 s 3,5 … kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 024093 021697 Fig. 12-1 Bracket for vertical/lateral adjustment Fig. 12-2 12 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-13 1-13 2-13 b 41 52,5 70 h 50,5 64,5 86 l 45 65 85 s 3,5 … 6 d M 10 M 12 M 16 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 … ID No. 024126 013097 007197 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Consoles for vertical and lateral adjustment with bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment: 0-14, 1-14, 2-14 Single consoles for lateral and vertical adjustment wall installation ceiling installation Fig. 13-1 Size … Size … Des. 0-20 1-20 h1 62-78 69-97 h2 62-78 84-112 h3 48,5 54,5 h4 48,5 68,5 a 45 50 b 55 70 l 45 64 n 11 24 d 11 13 e 11 … g 50 70 m M 10 M 12 f 20,5 26,5 Adjustment range c 14 20 kg (weight) 0,3 0,5 ID No. 024325 013772 Double console for lateral and vertical adjustment wall installation Fig. 13-2 ceiling installation Size … Size … Des. 0-21 1-21 h1 62-78 69-97 h2 62-78 84-112 a 45 50 b 110 138 l 45 64 n 15 24 d 11 13 e 11 … g 50 70 m M 10 M 12 f 20,5 26,5 Adjustment range c 69 85 kg (weight) 0,4 0,8 ID No. 024402 013997 Manual sliding door systems 13 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Rollers Single roller, steel or plastic Fig. 14-1 Size … Size … Des. 0-30 1-30 2-30 Des. f 0-36 0-36 s a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 h 58 80 104 n 13 21 25 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 h1 60-83 78-101 101-129 kg (weight) 0,2 0,6 1,4 Load max. 50 kg max. 100 kg max. 200 kg Load f max. 25 kg max. 50 kg s ID No. 016268 012468 008426 ID No. f 054045 054050 s f = plastic Size … d = yes, s = no Double roller, steel or plastic Fig. 14-2 Size … Size … Des. 0-31 1-31 2-31 Des. f 0-37 0-37 s a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 l 100 150 190 m 80 114 140 h 32 42 56 c 26 37 48 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 n 13 20 25 h1 60-83 78-101 101-129 kg (weight) 0,5 1,2 2,7 Load max. 100 kg max. 200 kg max. 300 kg Load f max. 50 kg max. 100 kg s ID No. 017274 012651 009484 ID No. f 054046 054051 s f = plastic 14 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … d = yes, s = no Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Rollers with pivot bearing Single roller with pivot bearing Fig. 15-1 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-32 1-32 2-32 a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 h 58 80 104 n 13 21 25 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 h1 60-83 83-101 106-129 kg (weight) 0,27 0,68 1,5 Load max. 50 kg max. 100 kg max. 200 kg ID No. 050996 051021 049961 Double roller with pivot bearing Fig. 15-2 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-33 1-33 2-33 a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 l 100 150 190 m 80 114 140 h 32 42 56 c 26 37 48 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 n 13 20 25 h1 60-83 83-101 126-129 kg (weight) 0,57 1,28 2,8 Load max. 100 kg max. 200 kg max. 300 kg ID No. 050997 049950 049962 Manual sliding door systems 15 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Door plates and edge-fixing hangers Door plate Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-40 1-40 2-40 l 110 180 220 a 22 30 40 s … 6 … d M 10 M 12 M 16 e 6,4 8,4 8,4 … 1 No. of fixing-holes … 4 … kg (weight) 0,1 0,2 0,5 ID No. 018431 012658 010890 … Fig. 16-1 Double-sided hanger … Size … Des. 0-43 1-43/1 1-43/2 a 60 80 80 b 22-37 30-46 44-60 l 80 128 115 c 80 73 60 d M 10 M 12 M 12 e 6,5 8,5 8,5 kg (weight) 0,2 0,6 0,6 ID No. 019138 012947 012946 … Fig. 16-2 Edge-fixing hanger Pivot point 18, 20, 30 mm … Pivot point 60, 90, 100 mm … 16 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … Des. 0-41 1-41 l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 18 20 d M 10 M 12 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 018801 012661 Size … Size … 4 Fig. 16-2 Size … Des. 0-42 1-42 l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 60 90 d M 10 M 12 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 019019 012663 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Floor guide rollers and floor channel Flat-plate guide rollers Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-50 1-50 2-50 l 110 180 220 a 22 30 40 s … 6 … d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 ø 22 e 6,4 8,4 8,4 … 1 No. of fixing-holes … 4 … kg (weight) 0,11 0,3 0,5 ID No. 019884 012665 011139 22 Des. Fig. 17-1 Floor channel … Pivot point 18, 20, 30 mm … Pivot point 60, 90, 100 mm 0-54 2-54 20 30 h 20 30 s 1,5 2,5 kg/m (weight) 0,5 1,95 ID No. 051649 051654 Size … Size … 0-51 1-41 Des. Flor guide roller Size … b … Fig. 17-2 Size … l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 18 20 d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 020404 012670 Size … Size … 0-52 1-52 … 4 Des. l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 60 90 d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 020522 021672 Fig. 17-2 Manual sliding door systems 17 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Curved floor channel and accessories Curved floor channel Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-55 1-55 2-55 a 200 200 300 r 700 800 1000 kg (weight) 0,90 0,99 4,2 straight length 1500 1660 2170 ID No. 054770 054772 054774 Fig. 18-1 End stop Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-3 1-3 2-3 b 30 35 50 l 46 61 88 h 28,5 39 51 s … 6 … n … 9,5 12 d ø 14 ø 18 ø 30 kg (weight) 0,1 0,3 0,8 ID No. 024689 014440 007371 Fig. 18-2 Wall-fixed door stop Fig. 18-3 18 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … Des. 1-66 2-66 l 58 87 b 26 36 h 47 62 d ø 24 ø 30 n 10,5 12 e … 6 kg (weight) 0,15 0,36 ID No. 000339 000342 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR SLIDING DOORS Description Track, galvanized steel Track curve, galvanized steel Curve 900 bearing length … m cut to size radius 0700 mm radius 0800 mm radius 1000 mm End stop Brackets and consoles Wall installation bracket Ceiling installation bracket Joint bracket Welding bracket Bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment Single console for vertical and lateral adjustment Double console for vertical and lateral adjustment Rollers Single roller, steel Single roller, plastic Double roller, steel Double roller, plastic Single roller with pivot bearing *) Single roller with pivot bearing *) Pivot bearing Door plates and edge-fixing hangers Door plate pivot point 18 mm pivot point 60 mm Edge-fixing hanger pivot point 20 mm pivot point 90 mm for door thickness 22-37 mm Double-sided hanger for door thickness 30-46 mm for door thickness 44-60 mm Guide rollers Flat-plate guide roller pivot point 18 mm pivot point 60 mm Edge-fixing guide roller pivot point 20 mm pivot point 90 mm bearing length … m Floor channel, galvanized cut to size radius 0700 mm, blank Curved floor channel radius 0800 mm, blank Curve 900 radius 1000 mm Accessories Wall-fixed door stop d *) Fitting No. -1 -1 0-2 1-2 2-2 -3 ID No. Size … 025769 051506 054769 ID No. Size … 018015 051473 ID No. Size … 018014 051472 s s s 054771 s 054773 007371 s s 024689 014440 020701 023286 024004 024093 024126 024325 024402 012686 012691 012694 012697 013097 013772 013997 011554 012119 012306 016268 054045 017274 054046 050996 050997 050998 012468 054050 012651 054051 051021 049950 049951 008426 -40 0-41 0-42 1-41 1-42 0-43 1-43/1 1-43/2 018431 018801 019019 012658 010890 s s s s s s -50 0-51 0-52 1-51 1-52 -54 -54 0-55 1-55 2-55 -66 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -20 -21 -21 -30 -36 -31 -37 -32 -33 -34 s 007197 s s s 009484 s 049961 049962 049963 s 012661 012663 019138 s s s 012947 012946 s 019884 020404 020522 012665 011139 s s s s s 012670 012672 051649 051650 s s s 051649 051650 054770 s s s 051654 051655 s s s 054772 s s s 054774 000339 000339 000342 = yes, s = no For sliding doors with curved track the rollers with pivot bearings should be used. Manual sliding door systems 19 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Size 0,1,2 The leaves fold out only in one direction. Because of the eccentric load when the door is folded, a bottom guide roller is essential. There are three common fitting options: Butt surface-mounted Butt flush-mounted Rebate-mounted. j j j The roller forms the pivot point on the front face of every second leaf. A full-height swing leaf is only possible with an odd number of leaves. The most usual form of track mountingis by wall or ceiling installation brackets. Flush bolts should be fitted to the fold-out side. The floor guide rollers should be fitted plump underneath the pivot point of the rollers. The best leaf widths are between 600 mm and 900 mm. Use … hinges per leaf; for high leaves (≥ 280 cm) 4. Hinges with ball bearings are recommended. Starting with the end leaf hinged to the jamb, every second leaf is fitted with a roller with pivot bearing and edge-fitting hanger. When choosing the track size and the roller, it should be noted that each roller has to take approximately the weight of two leaves. The use of double rollers is recommended. In the fold area the brackets for track mounting should be spaced at 350 mm (increased load-bearing). 20 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Fig. 20-1 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Size 0,1,2 0-10 1-10 2-10 0-35 1-35 0-42 1-42 0-1 1-1 0-33 1-33 0-11 1-11 0-1 1-1 0-44 1-44 0-65 1-65 0-52 1-52 2-52 0-53 1-53 1-54 Execution … Execution … by customers a = leaf width B = clearance width b = leaf thickness B = B=a*z c = 1/2 hinges ø+1 a = B f = 25 with size … z = number of leaves z z B = a a = leaf width, leaf hinged to jamb a1 = leaf width 2. leaf b = leaf thickness c = 1/2 hinges ø+1 d = b/2 n = 60 with size … z = number of leaves B = clearance width a = a1-(c+d+n) a1 = a+(c+d+n) a1 = B = B+(c+d+n) … a+a1 Fig. 21-1 Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … A4 41 52,5 70 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 A5 20,5 26,5 b1 100 135 35 l 45 65 85 170 l1 45 65 95 b2 70 e 32 91 114 m 80 114 140 42 56 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 f 25 32 39,5 n 60 90 100 g1 98-111,5 122,5-141,5 157-180,5 p 22 30 40 h2 41,5 53 71 t … 6 … h3 29 38 48,5 u 110 180 220 h4 43,5 55,5 72,5 v 20 20 30 h5 15 18 24,5 w 35 45 53 Manual sliding door systems 21 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Size 0,1,2 0-32 1-32 2-32 0-14 1-14 2-14 0-1 1-1 0-20 1-20 2-20 0-41 1-41 2-41 The gaps between the individual leaves when closed up are not taken into account in calculating the leaf width. The leaf width should be adjusted according to choise of gap width. locking device by customers 0-51 1-51 2-51 a = leaf width, leaf hinged to jamb a1 = a + (c+d+n1) a1 = a2 = a3 ... an leaf width of following leaves a1 = a = a1-(c+d+n1) B+(c+d+n1) z+1 b = leaf thickness a = B-(a1 * z) c = 1/2 hinges ø+1 B = a+a1+a2+a3 ... an d = b/2 B = a + (a1 * z) z = number of leaves n1 = 18 with size … z = B = clearance width B-a a1 Fig. 22-1 22 Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … A1 45 49 80 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 A2 22,5 25 A3 50 65 40 l 45 65 85 85 lm1 M 10 M 12 M 16 e 32 g 156-186,5 42 56 n1 18 20 30 202-251 265-319,5 p 22 30 40 h1 61,5-78,5 84-112 114-145 t … 6 … u 110 180 220 w 35 45 53 x 14 20 30 y 20,5 26,5 35 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Installation options Installation options and examples for folding doors For folding doors there are three different methods of fitting: Mounting option for folding doors: Butt surface-mounted Butt surface-mounted Butt surface-mounted, wall mounting with wall installation bracket -10, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, edge-fixing hanger for folding doors -44, edge-fixing guide roller for folding doors -53 and flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. Butt surface-mounted folding door a1 = a2 = a3 = leaf width b = leaf thickness c = 1/2 hinge roller ø+1 Only possible with odd number of leaves. Size … Size … Size … Edge-fixing hanger 0-44 1-44 2-44 Edge-fixing guide roller 0-53 1-53 2-53 Dim. f 25 32 39,5 Dim. 20,5 26,5 35 Fig. 23-1 Mounting option for folding doors: Butt flush-mounted Butt flush-mounted Butt flush-mounted, soffit mounting with ceiling installation bracket -11, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, edgefixing hanger -41, floor guide roller -51 and flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. Butt flush-mounted folding door b/2 = half door thickness c = 1/2 hinge roller ø+1 a1 + a2 = leaf width a = leaf width - (n+b/2+c) Size … Size … Size … Edge-fixing hanger 0-41 1-41 2-41 Floor guide The leaf fitted at the blind frame is smaller than leaf a by the dimension (n+b/2+c) 0-51 Dim. n 18 1-51 2-51 20 30 Removable cover Fig. 23-2 Manual sliding door systems 23 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Installation options Mounting option for folding doors: Rebate-mounted Rebate-mounted folding door a1 = a2 = a3 = leaf width b = leaf thickness c = 1/2 hinge roller ø+1 Rebate-mounted Rebate-mounted, wall mounting with wall installation bracket -10, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, edge-fixing hanger for end-folding doors -44, edge-fixing guide roller for folding doors -53 and flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. Only possible with odd number of leaves. Size … Size … Size … Edge-fixing hanger 0-44 1-44 2-44 Edge-fixing guide roller 1-53 2-53 Dim. f 25 0-53 32 39,5 Dim. 26,5 35 20,5 Fig. 24-1 STANDARD DRAWINGS FOR FOLDING DOORS Drawing Wall and ceiling installation GEZE Apoll Size … Wall installation with wall installation bracket GEZE Apoll Size … Ceiling installation with ceiling installation bracket GEZE Apoll Size … Ceiling installation with single console for vertical and lateral adjustment 24 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS GEZE Apoll Size … GEZE Apoll Size … ID No. 10620/0-10 10621/0-10 10621/0-11 10621/0-12 10622/0-12 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR FOLDING DOORS Summary of fittings Fitting No. ID No. Size … ID No. Size … ID No. Size … -1 -10 -33 -35 -32 0-41 0-42 1-41 1-42 051506 020701 050997 054044 050996 018801 019019 051473 012686 049950 054052 051021 010890 011554 049962 s s s s s 012661 012663 s -44 0-51 0-52 1-51 1-52 050994 020404 020522 051012 s s s s s s s 012670 012672 s -53 050995 051015 s -54 051650 051650 051655 0-65 1-65 049974 s s s 149694 149694 -11 023286 012691 012119 -20 -14 024325 024126 013772 013097 007197 2-leaf folding door: … track, length = twice leaf width + 100 mm, cut to size … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length … double roller with pivot bearing or … double roller with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single roller with pivot bearing pivot point 118 mm pivot point 160 mm … edge-fixing hanger pivot point 120 mm pivot point 190 mm or … edge-fixing hanger for folding doors pivot point 118 mm pivot point 160 mm … edge-fixing guide roller pivot point 120 mm pivot point 190 mm or … edge-fixing guide roller for folding doors … floor channel for folding doors, cut to size (length as track) 82 x 35 mm … flush bolt 120 x 45 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For ceiling installation … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length or … height-adjustable ceiling installation per 700 mm track length, consisting of single console and bracket s s 049961 s s s 3-leaf folding door: Fittings as for 2-leaf unit, track and floor channel in length for 2-leaf width, but hinges for … leaves d = yes, s = no Summary of fittings 4-leaf folding door, see next page Manual sliding door systems 25 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR FOLDING DOORS Summary of fittings Fitting No. ID No. Size … ID No. Size … ID No. Size … -1 051506 051473 051472 -10 020701 012686 011554 -33 -35 -32 0-41 0-42 1-41 1-42 050997 054044 050996 018801 019019 049950 054052 051021 049962 s s s s s s s 012661 012663 -44 050994 051012 s 0-51 0-52 1-51 1-52 020404 020522 s s s s s 012670 012672 s -53 -54 0-65 1-65 050995 051650 049974 051015 051650 s s s 149694 149694 -11 023286 012691 012119 -20 -14 024325 024126 013772 013097 007197 4-leaf folding door: … track, length = width of … leaves + 100 mm, cut to size … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) … double rollers with pivot bearing or … double rollers with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single rollers with pivot bearing pivot point 118 mm pivot point 160 mm … edge-fixing hangers pivot point 120 mm pivot point 190 mm or … dge-fixing hangers for folding doors pivot point 118 mm pivot point 160 mm … edge-fixing guide rollers pivot point 120 mm pivot point 190 mm or … edge-fixing guide rollers for folding doors … floor channel, cut to size (length as track) 82 x 35 mm … flush bolts 120 x 45 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For soffit fixing … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length or … height-adjustable ceiling installation per 700 mm track length, consisting of single console and bracket s s 049961 s s s 051655 s 4-leaf folding door: (2 leaves each folding to left and right resp., track etc.) as 2x2-leaf unit, but with … edge-fixing hangers … edge-fixing guide rollers d pivot point 160 mm pivot point 190 mm pivot point 160 mm pivot point 190 mm pivot point 90 mm 0-42 1-42 0-52 1-52 1-52 019019 s s s 012663 s 020522 s s s 012672 012672 s s = yes, s = no Ordering information GEZE Apoll folding door gear size ... number of leaves ... folding to right (left) , wall installation (or ceiling installation) ... block frame clearance height and width (H, B) 26 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS s Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for centre-folding doors – Size 0,1,2 Centre-folding, i. e. half inward and half outward. Centre-folding doors start with a half leaf hinged to the jamb. The rollers are fitted above the centre of the leaf. The first roller is normally positioned at the first full leaf. The track can be mounted with soffit- oder wall installation brackets. On the underside of each leaf, on the side towards which the leaf folds, a flush bolt is fitted. The floor guide should be arranged plumb underneath the roller carriage. The best leaf widths are between 600 mm and 900 mm. Fig. 27-1 Use … hinges per leaf; for high leaves (≥ 280 cm) 4. Hinges with ball bearings are recommended. The first leaf is fitted with a roller; thereafter every second leaf. When choosing the track size and the roller, it should be noted that each roller has to take approximately the weight of two leaves. The use of double rollers is recommended. In the fold area the brackets for track mounting should be spaced at 350 mm (increased load-bearing). Manual sliding door systems 27 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for centre-folding doors – Installation options 0-40 1-40 2-40 0-33 1-33 2-33 0-40 1-40 2-40 0-35 1-35 2-35 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-10 1-10 2-10 0-11 1-11 2-11 0-65 1-65 0-54 1-54 0-50 1-50 2-50 0-50 1-50 2-50 by customers The gaps between the individual leaves when closed up are not taken into account in calculating the leaf width. The leaf width should be adjusted according to choise of gap width. a = first leaf B = clearance width a = a2 = a3 ... an leaf width of following leaves a = B - (z * a1) a = a1 / … - (c + b/2) a1 = 2B + 2c + b/1 + 2z B = B = a+a1+a2+a3 ... an B = a + (z * a1) b = leaf thickness c = 1/2 hinges ø+1 z = number of full leaves a1 … (c+ b … )+a1 * z Fig. 28-1 28 Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … A4 41 52,5 70 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 A5 20,5 26,5 b1 100 135 35 l 45 65 85 170 l1 45 65 95 b2 70 e 32 91 114 m 80 114 140 42 56 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 g1 98-111,5 122,5-141,5 157-180,5 p 22 30 40 h2 41,5 53 71 t … 6 … h3 29 38 48,5 u 110 180 220 h4 43,5 55,5 72,5 v 20 20 30 h5 15 18 24,5 w 35 45 53 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for centre-folding doors – Installation options 0-32 1-32 2-32 0-14 1-14 2-14 Size … Size … Size … A1 45 50 80 A2 22,5 25 40 A3 50 65 85 e 32 42 56 g 156,5-186,5 219-242 277,5-345 h1 61,5-78,5 84-112 115-145 Size … Size … Size … k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 l 45 65 85 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 p 22 30 40 t … 6 … u 110 180 220 w 35 45 53 x 14 20 30 y 20,5 26,5 35 0-20 1-20 2-20 0-40 1-40 2-40 0-50 1-50 2-50 Fig. 29-1 STANDARD DRAWINGS FOR CENTRE-FOLDING DOORS Drawing Wall and ceiling installation GEZE Apoll Size … Wall installation Ceiling installation GEZE Apoll Size … GEZE Apoll Size … GEZE Apoll Size … GEZE Apoll Size … ID No. 10620/0-20 10621/0-20 10622/0-20 10621/0-21 10622/0-21 Manual sliding door systems 29 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for centre-folding doors – Installation options Size … Size … Size … 1-40 2-40 1-50 2-50 Door plate 0-40 Floor guide roller 0-50 a1 = a2 = a3 ... an width of following leaves a = width of the first leaf to blind frame Fig. 30-1 Ceiling installation Ceiling installation With single console -20, bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment -14, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, door plate -40, flat-plate guide roller -50, flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. With ceiling installation bracket -11, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, door plate -40, flat-plate guide roller -50, flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. Fig. 30-2 Wall installation Wall installation With single console -20, bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment -14, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, door plate -40, flat-plate guide roller -50, flush bolt -65, door channel -54. With wall installation bracket -10, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, door plate -40, flat-plate guide roller -50, flush bolt -65, door channel -54. Fig. 30-3 30 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR CENTRE-FOLDING DOORS Summary of fittings Fitting No. ID No. Size … ID No. Size … ID No. Size … -1 -11 051506 023286 051473 021691 051472 012119 -20 -14 -33 -35 -32 -40 -50 -54 0-65 1-65 024325 024126 050997 054044 050996 018431 019884 051650 049974 013772 013097 049950 054052 051021 012658 012665 051650 s s 149694 149694 -10 020701 012686 011554 -1 051506 051473 051472 -11 023286 012691 012119 -20 -14 -33 -35 -32 -40 -50 -54 0-65 1-65 024325 024126 050997 054044 050996 018431 019884 051650 049974 013772 013097 049950 054052 051021 012658 012665 051650 s s s 149694 149694 -10 020701 012686 011554 … 1/2-leaf centre-folding doors: … track, length = … x leaf width + 100 mm, cut to size … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length or … single console for vertical and lateral adjustment with … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length … double roller with pivot bearing or … double roller with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single roller with pivot bearing … door plate … flat-plate guide roller … floor channel, length as track, cut to size 82 x 35 mm … flush bolts 120 x 65 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For wall installation … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length 007197 049962 s 049961 010890 011139 051655 s s … 1/2-leaf centre-folding door: … track, length = … x leaf width + 100 mm, cut to size … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) or … single console for vertical and lateral adjustment with … bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment per 700 mm track length … double rollers with pivot bearing or … double rollers with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single rollers with pivot bearing … door plates … flat-plate guide rollers … door channel, length as track, cut to size 82 x 35 mm … flush bolts 120 x 65 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For wall installation … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) d = yes, s = no s 007197 049962 s 049961 010890 011139 051655 Summary of fittings … 1/2-leaf centre-folding door fitting systems, see next page Manual sliding door systems 31 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR CENTRE-FOLDING DOORS Summary of fittings Fitting No. ID No. Size … ID No. Size … ID No. Size … -1 051506 051473 051472 -11 023286 021691 012119 -20 -14 -33 -35 -32 -40 -50 -54 0-65 1-65 024325 024126 050997 054044 050996 018431 019884 051650 049974 013772 013097 049950 054052 051021 012658 012665 051650 s 149694 149694 -10 020701 012686 011554 … 1/2-leaf centre-folding door: … track, length = … x leaf width + 100 mm, cut to size … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) or … single console for vertical and lateral adjustment with … bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment per 700 mm track length … double rollers with pivot bearing or … double rollers with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single rollers with pivot bearing … door plates … flat-plate guide rollers … door channel, length as track, cut to size 82 x 35 mm … flush bolts 120 x 65 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For wall installation … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) d = yes, s = no Summary of fittings for 5-leaf and multi-leaf fitting systems on request Ordering information GEZE APOLL centre-folding door gear Size … , No. of full leaves … (+1/2 leaf per folding side), Folding to right (left), block frame clearance height and weight (H, B) Wall installation (or ceiling installation) 32 s GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS s 007197 049962 s 049961 010890 011139 051655 s Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for end-folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Single roller with pivot bearing Fig. 33-1 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-32 1-32 2-32 a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 h 58 80 104 n 13 21 25 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 h1 66-83 83-101 106-129 kg (weight) 0,27 0,68 1,5 Load max. 50 kg max. 100 kg max. 200 kg ID No. 050996 051021 049961 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-33 1-33 2-33 a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 l 100 150 190 m 80 114 140 h 32 42 56 c 26 37 48 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 n 13 20 25 h1 66-83 83-101 106-129 kg (weight) 0,57 1,28 2,8 Load max. 100 kg max. 200 kg max. 300 kg ID No. 050996 051021 049961 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-34 1-34 2-34 a M 16 x1,5 M 20 x … M 24 x … b 22 25 30 h 66-83 83-101 106-129 kg (weight) 0,07 0,08 0,1 ID No. 050998 049951 049963 Double roller with pivot bearing Fig. 33-2 Pivot bearings, loose Fig. 33-3 Manual sliding door systems 33 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Double roller with pivot bearing, reduced version Fig. 34-1 34 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … Des. 0-35 1-35 Door thickness < 40 < 60 a 50 65 b 35 48 m 34 45 h 58 80 e 32 42 d M 10 M 12 n 13 20 h1 66-83 83-101 kg (weight) 0,35 0,9 Load max. 100 kg max. 200 kg ID No. 054044 054052 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Edge-fixing hanger, pivot point 18, 20, 30 mm Size … Size … Des. 0-41 1-41 l 100 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 18 20 d M 10 M 12 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 018801 012661 Size … Size … 0-42 1-42 Fig. 35-1 Edge-fixing hanger, pivot point 60, 90, 100 mm Des. l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 60 90 d M 10 M 12 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 019019 012663 Size … Size … Fig. 35-2 Edge-fixing hanger for folding doors Fig. 35-3 Des. 0-44 1-44 a 110 180 b 147 225 c 22 30 s … 6 e ø 6,4 ø 8,4 f 25 32 l 110 180 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,25 0,6 ID No. 050994 051012 Manual sliding door systems 35 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Door plate Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-40 1-40 2-40 l 110 180 220 a 22 30 40 s … 6 … d M 10 M 12 M 16 e 6,4 8,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 … kg (weight) 0,1 0,2 0,5 ID No. 018431 012658 010890 Fig. 36-1 Double-sided hanger Size … Size … Des. 0-42 0-42 1-42 a 60 80 80 l 80 128 115 c 80 73 60 d M 10 M 12 M 12 e 6,5 8,5 8,5 b 22-37 30-46 44-60 kg (weight) 0,2 0,6 0,6 ID No. 019138 012947 012946 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-50 1-50 2-50 l 110 180 220 a 22 30 40 s … 6 … d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 ø 22 e 6,4 Fig. 36-2 Flat-plate guide roller Fig. 36-3 36 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 8,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 4 … kg (weight) 0,11 0,3 0,5 ID No. 019884 012665 011139 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Edge-fixing guide roller for folding doors Fig. 37-1 Size … Size … Des. 0-53 1-53 a 110 180 b 147 225 c 22 30 s … 6 e ø 6,4 ø 8,4 f 25 32 g ø 15,5 ø 15,5 l 110 180 kg (weight) 0,25 0,6 ID No. 050995 051015 Floor guide roller, pivot point 18, 20, 30 mm Size … Size … Des. 0-51 1-51 a 110 180 c 22 30 s … 6 n 18 20 d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 020404 012946 Fig. 37-2 Floor guide roller, pivot point 60, 90, 100 mm Size … Size … Des. 0-52 1-52 a 110 180 c 22 30 s … 6 n 60 90 d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 020522 012672 Fig. 37-3 Manual sliding door systems 37 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Flush bolt size … Size … Des. 0-65 a 82 b 35 c 13 d … kg (weight) 0,05 ID No. 049974 Fig. 38-1 Flush bolt size … a Size … b d c Fig. 38-2 38 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Des. 1-65 a 151 b 19 c 36 d 16 kg (weight) 0,05 ID No. 149694 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM Product information for sliding door gears In accordance with the definition of the liability of manufacturers for their products set out in paragraph … of the “Produkthaftungsgesetz” (German Manufacturer’s Liability Law), the following information on sliding door gear should be observed. Failure to do so absolves the manufacturer from liability. Product information and use in accordance with intended purpose Sliding door gear, according to this definition, are fittings for doors and other push-able elements, henceforth called objects, which are not normally moved faster than walking pace. Sliding door gear is used in vertically fitted doors made of wood, plastic, glass, aluminium or steel and appropriate combinations of these materials. A floor guide is provided at the lower horizontal edge of the door. Special versions of products must be specified for damp rooms, direct exposure to the elements, exposure to cross winds, for installation near the sea and in highly corrosive conditions. Correct installation by qualified personnel is a particularly important aspect of use for intended purpose. The object must be sufficiently rigid at all of these points. The function of the gear must not be hindered or altered by installation. A buffer must be used in order to limit the displacement path. Misuse Misuse - in other words use in a manner not in accordance with the intended purpose - can be said to occur in the following cases in particular: j j j j j j j j j j if the gear is used with a higher max. load than specified in the catalogue and in the other product documents, if incorrectly installed or attached, if ambient temperatures are too high or too low, if particularly aggressive media can affect the gear, if subjected to inordinately great pushing or pulling loads, if the position of the track deviates too greatly from the horizontal, if foreign bodies get into the track, if the rollers are operated too fast, if alterations are carried out without the manufacturer’s authorization, if obstacles are placed in the opening or between the door or the object thereby preventing intended use, if additional loads act upon the door or object, if someone is trapped between the door and the door frame while the door is being pushed or closed, or if a person or part of the body is in this area. Product Maintenance Components of sliding door gear which are relevant to safety must be regulary inspected for proper fixing and signs of wear. Fixing screws are to be re-thightened and faulty components must be replaced. In addition, the following maintenance work must be carried out at least once a year: j j j j j All moving parts are to be tested for free movement. In the case of running carriages with metal rollers, the moving parts must be greased (type of grease to be used on request). Plastic rollers must not be greased. Only use cleaning agents which do not impair the anti-corrosion protection of the gear. Faulty sliding door gears must be replaced. Adjustment work on the gears and the replacement must be carried out by qualified personnel. Duty of Information and Instructions The following sources of information are available to planners, specialist dealers, administrative personnel, building contractors and users by way of fulfillment of the duty of information and instruction: j j j j catalogues, brochures descriptions of tender, descriptions of offer mounting drawings, installation drawings maintenance and operating instructions. In order to ensure correct use, proper functioning and maintenance and care of sliding door gear, j j j architects and planners must request and apply the necessary product information, specialist dealers must take account of the product information and notes in the price lists, and in particular must request all necessary instructions and pass these on to the installation personnel, installation personnel must take account of all product information, and in particular must request operating and maintenance instructions and pass these on to the ordering party and the user. Application for similar fittings Sliding fittings with horizontally installed objects, e.g., drawer guides or sliding fittings with vertical runner tracks must be handled according to their respective characteristics with respect to product information, use for intended purpose, misuse, product performance, Product Performance product maintenance and servicing, and duty of information and In cases where the performance of the product is not specifically instruction. described in the catalogues, brochures, instructions etc., special requirements must be discussed with and agreed by the manufacturer. Our regulations, which affect the composition of the sliding door gear, are binding. j j Manual sliding door systems 39 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM NOTES 40 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM NOTES Manual sliding door systems 41 Innovative system solutions POTENTIAL APPLICATIONS OF GEZE PRODUCTS You will find more product information in the relevant brochures, see ID numbers. Door technology 01 02 03 04 05 Overhead door closers ID 091593, ID 091594 Hold-open systems ID 091593, ID 091594 Integrated door closers ID 091609 Floor springs and all-glass fittings ID 091607 Sliding fitting systems and linear guides 13 ID 123605, ID 000586 04 Automatic door systems 06 07 08 09 10 Swing doors 11 ID 144785 01 Sliding, telescopic and folding doors 02 ID 143639 22 Curved sliding doors 06 ID 135772 17 06 Revolving doors ID 132050 11 Activation devices and sensors ID 142655 04 Smoke and heat extraction and window technology 11 12 13 14 15 Fanlight opening systems ID 127787 Electric opening and locking systems ID 127785, ID 127789 Electrical spindle and linear drives ID 127785, ID 127789 Electric chain drives ID 127785, ID 127789 17 18 19 20 ID 127785, ID 139075 Emergency exit systems ID 132408 Access control systems ID 132158 Panic locks ID 132848 Electric strikes ID 148666 Building management system ID 132408 Glass systems 21 22 42 20 14 Manual sliding wall systems (MSW) ID 104377 Integrated all-glass systems (IGG) ID 104366 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 07 10 Smoke and heat extraction systems Safety technology 16 08 07 Innovative system solutions POTENTIAL APPLICATIONS OF GEZE PRODUCTS Door technology The functionality, superior performance and reliability of GEZE door closers are impressive. A common design across the range, the ability to use them on all common door leaf widths and weights, and the fact that they can be individually adjusted makes their selection simple. They are continually being improved and enhanced with up-to-date features. For example, the requirements of fire protection and accessibility are fulfilled with a door closer system. Automatic door systems 15 GEZE automatic door systems open up a huge variety of options in door design. The latest, innovative highperformance drive technology, safety, ease of accessibility and first class universal drive design set them apart. GEZE offers complete solutions for individual requirements. 17 Smoke and heat extraction and window technology 21 GEZE smoke and heat extraction systems and ventilation technology provide complete systems solutions combining the many requirements of different types of windows. We supply a full range from energy efficient drive systems to natural ventilation and complete solutions for supplying and extracting air, also as certified SHEVs. 15 05 12 03 Safety technology GEZE safety technology sets the standards where preventative fire protection, access control and anti-theft security in emergency exits are concerned. For each of these objectives GEZE offers tailored solutions, which combine the individual safety requirements in one intelligent system and close doors and windows in case of danger in a coordinated manner. 21 18 Building systems 16 09 19 In GEZE’s Building Management System GEZE door, window and safety products can be integrated in to the security and control systems of the building. A central control and visualisation system monitors various automation components in the building and offers security through many different networking capabilities. Glass systems GEZE glass systems stand for open and transparent interior design. They can either blend discreetly into the architecture of the building or stand out as an accentuated feature. GEZE offers a wide variety of technologies for functional, reliable and aesthetic sliding wall or sliding door systems providing security with lots of design scope. Manual sliding door systems 43 G E Z E D O O R T E C H N O LO G Y A N D G L A S S S Y S T E M S GEZE GmbH P.O. Box 1363 71226 Leonberg Germany GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 21-29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telefon +49 7152 203 … Telefax +49 7152 203 310 www.geze.com Germany GEZE GmbH Niederlassung Süd-West Breitwiesenstraße … 71229 Leonberg Tel. +49 7152 203 594 Fax +49 7152 203 438 leonberg.de@geze.com GEZE GmbH Niederlassung Süd-Ost Parkring 17 85748 Garching bei München Tel. +49 7152 203 6440 Fax +49 7152 203 77050 muenchen.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung Süd Parkring 17 85748 Garching bei München Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 859 service-muenchen.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung Mitte/Luxemburg Siemensstraße 14 63263 Neu-Isenburg Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 659 service-frankfurt.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung West Heltorfer Straße 12 40472 Düsseldorf Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 559 service-duesseldorf.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung Ost Albert-Einstein-Ring … 14532 Kleinmachnow bei Berlin Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 759 service-berlin.de@geze.com China GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Shuangchenzhong Road Beichen Economic Development Area (BEDA) Tianjin 300400, P.R. China Tel. +86 22 26973995 Fax +86 22 26972702 chinasales@geze.com.cn GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Branch Office Shanghai Jia Little Exhibition Center Room C 2-102 Shenzhuan Rd. 6000 201619 Shanghai, P.R. China Tel. +86 21 52340960 Fax +86 21 64472007 chinasales@geze.com.cn GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Branch Office Guangzhou Room 17 C … Everbright Bank Building, No.689 Tian He Bei Road 510630 Guangzhou, P.R. China Tel. +86 20 38731842 Fax +86 20 38731834 chinasales@geze.com.cn GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd Branch Office Beijing Room 04-05, 7th Floor GEZE Service GmbH Red Sandalwood Plaza Niederlassung Nord Albert-Schweitzer-Ring 24-26 (3. OG) No. 27 Jianguo Road Chaoyang District 22045 Hamburg 100024 Beijing, P.R.China Tel. +49 1802 923392 Tel. +86 10 85756009 Fax +49 7152 9233 459 Fax +86 10 85758079 service-hamburg.de@geze.com GEZE GmbH chinasales@geze.com.cn Niederlassung Mitte/Luxemburg Austria Siemensstraße 14 France GEZE Austria 63263 Neu-Isenburg GEZE France S.A.R.L. Wiener Bundesstrasse 85 Tel. +49 7152 203 6888 ZAC de l’Orme Rond A-5300 Hallwang Fax +49 7152 203 6891 RN 19 Tel: +43 6225 87180 frankfurt.de@geze.com 77170 Servon Fax: +43 6225 87180 299 Tel. +33 … 606260 70 austria.at@geze.com GEZE GmbH Fax +33 … 606260 71 Niederlassung West france.fr@geze.com Baltic States – Heltorfer Straße 12 Lithuania / Latvia / Estonia 40472 Düsseldorf Hungary Tel. +371 678960 35 Tel. +49 7152 203 6770 GEZE Hungary Kft. baltic-states@geze.com Fax +49 7152 203 76770 Hungary-2051 Biatorbágy duesseldorf.de@geze.com Vendel Park Benelux Huber u. 1. GEZE Benelux B.V. GEZE GmbH Tel. +36 23532 735 Industrieterrein Kapelbeemd Niederlassung Nord Fax +36 23532 738 Albert-Schweitzer-Ring 24-26 (3. OG) Steenoven 36 office-hungary@geze.com 5626 DK Eindhoven 22045 Hamburg Tel. +31 4026290 80 Tel. +49 7152 203 6600 Iberia Fax +31 4026290 85 Fax +49 7152 203 76608 GEZE Iberia S.R.L. benelux.nl@geze.com hamburg.de@geze.com C/ Andorra 24 08830 Sant Boi de Llobregat Bulgaria GEZE Service GmbH (Barcelona) GEZE Bulgaria - Trade Niederlassung Süd-West Tel. +34 902194 036 Representative Office Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 25 Fax +34 902194 035 Nickolay Haitov 34 str., fl. … 71229 Leonberg info@geze.es 1172 Sofia Tel. +49 1802 923392 Tel. +359 247043 73 Fax +49 7152 9233 359 India Fax +359 247062 62 service-leonberg.de@geze.com GEZE India Private Ltd. office-bulgaria@geze.com MF … & 3, Guindy Industrial Estate Ekkattuthangal Chennai 600 097 Tamilnadu G E Z E R E P R E S E N TAT I V E Tel. +91 44 406169 00 Fax +91 44 406169 01 office-india@geze.com GEZE GmbH Niederlassung Ost Albert-Einstein-Ring … 14532 Kleinmachnow bei Berlin Tel. +49 7152 203 6840 Fax +49 7152 203 76849 berlin.de@geze.com ID No. 000586 · Vers. EN 1705 · Subject to change without notice Italy GEZE Italia S.r.l Sede di Vimercate Via Fiorbellina 20 20871 Vimercate (MB) Tel. +39 0399530401 Fax+39 039 9530459/419 italia.it@geze.com Sede di Roma Via Lucrezia Romana, 91 00178 Roma Tel. +39 039 9530401 Fax +39 039 9530449 italia.it@geze.com Poland GEZE Polska Sp. z o.o. ul. Marywilska 24 03-228 Warszawa Tel. +48 224 404 440 Fax +48 224 404 400 geze.pl@geze.com Romania GEZE Romania S.R.L. IRIDE Business Park, Str. Dimitrie Pompeiu nr. 9-9a, Building 10, Level 2, Sector 2, 020335 Bucharest Tel.: +40 212507 750 Fax: +40 316201 258 office-romania@geze.com Russia OOO GEZE RUS Letnikovskaya str. 10/2 Floor 6, room VII 115114 Moscow Tel: +7 495 741 40 61 office-russia@geze.com Scandinavia – Sweden GEZE Scandinavia AB Mallslingan 10 Box 7060 18711 Täby, Sweden Tel. +46 87323 400 Fax +46 87323 499 sverige.se@geze.com Scandinavia – Norway GEZE Scandinavia AB avd. Norge Industriveien 34 B 2073 Dal Tel. +47 63957 200 Fax +47 63957 173 norge.se@geze.com Scandinavia – Denmark GEZE Danmark Branch office of GEZE Scandinavia AB Mårkærvej 13 J-K 2630 Taastrup Tel. +45 463233 24 Fax +45 463233 26 danmark.se@geze.com Singapore GEZE (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd. 21 Bukit Batok Crescent #23-75 Wcega Tower Singapore 658065 Tel: +65 6846 1338 Fax: +65 6846 9353 gezesea@geze.com.sg South Africa Geze South Africa (Pty) Ltd. GEZE, Building 3, 1019 Morkels Close Midrand 1685 Tel: + 87 94337 88 Fax: + 86 66137 52 info@gezesa.co.za Switzerland GEZE Schweiz AG Zelglimatte 1A 6260 Reiden Tel. +41 62 28554 00 Fax +41 62 28554 01 schweiz.ch@geze.com Turkey GEZE Kapı ve Pencere Sistemleri San. ve Tic. Ltd. Sti. İstanbul Anadolu Yakası Organıze Sanayı Bolgesi Gazi Bulvari Caddesi 8.Sokak No:8 Tuzla-Istanbul Tel. + 90 216 45543 15 Fax + 90 216 45582 15 office-turkey@geze.com Ukraine GEZE Ukraine LLC 45, Elektrotekchnicheskaya str., Kiev, 02222 Tel./Fax +38 445012225 office-ukraine@geze.com United Arab Emirates/GCC GEZE Middle East P.O. Box 17903 Jebel Ali Free Zone Dubai Tel. +971 48833 112 Fax +971 48833 240 gezeme@geze.com United Kingdom GEZE UK Ltd. Blenheim Way Fradley Park Lichfield Staffordshire WS13 8SY Tel. +44 15434430 00 Fax +44 15434430 01 info.uk@geze.com
Emergency exit systems Contents | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Contents Overview … D OOR C ON TR O L U N I TS Connectable TZ 320 series … Connectable TZ 320 stainless steel series 14 T 320 terminal for bi-directional escape routes 20 LOC K IN G E LE M E N TS FTV 320 escape door lock 26 MA 500 holding magnet 30 SYSTE M S OLUT I O N S Emergency exit protection Nursery school solution– flexible and safe entrance and exit control for nursery schools Emergency exit protection Bi-directional emergency exit protection for doors with emergency exit function in both directions. Central control For doors in interlocking door systems 36 38 40 Hospital ward control visualised IN D IV ID UAL C O M P O N E N TS A N D ACCESSO RI ES Key switches 46 Emergency push buttons 49 Emergency exit signs 52 Power supply 53 Indicator lamps and signal horns 56 Synchronising unit 59 O P E R ATIN G E LE M E N TS myGEZE Control 62 myGEZE Visu 64 Accessories 65 … 4 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Overview APPLICATION TZ 320 Standard cTZ 320 Comfort with IO 420 extension module LOCAL OPERATION / DISPLAY Short-time release (20 s) Short-time release (1 s – infinite) ● ● Cancellation of short-time release with door closed ● ● Retriggering short-time release ● ● ● ● Pre-alarm (60 s) Pre-alarm (1 s – 10 min.) Alarm ● ● Permanent unlocking ● ● FTV 320 escape door lock 3x 3x Emergency exit electric strike type 331 / 332 3x 3x MA 500 holding magnet 2x 2x CONNECTION POSSIBILITIES Danger alarm system emergency unlocking ● ● Indirect activation ● ● Central emergency push button via safety circuit ● ● External key switch ● ● SCT 222 external key switch with … LEDs ●*** ● External emergency push button ● ● T 320 terminal (bi-directional escape route) ● ● Access control (short-time unlocking) ● ● Top lock (short-time unlocking) ● ● Timer (unlocking) external ● ● Timer (unlocking) internal ● ● Burglar alarm system (locking has priority) ● ● Programmable inputs … 7 Programmable outputs … 6 Flashlight / siren / alarm message ●* ● Motor lock ●* ● Lever lock ●* ● Swing door drive ●** ● Signal light controller ●** ● Additional electric strike ●* ● Output of different system states ●* ● Connection to BMS via myGEZE Control ● STANDARD Conform to EN 13637 ● ● Infrared interface for diagnosis, setting of parameters via ST 220 service terminal ● ● Alarm memory ● ● OTHER Integrated interlocking door system control ● ● Network function for fire alarm system, timer, burglar alarm system ● ● ● = yes I * Function can be realised via two freely configurable outputs. There are two outputs available on the TZ 320. If more outputs are required, the TZ 320 Comfort with IO 420 extension module must be used. | ** Two outputs are required for this function. | *** RP 220 relay board ID no. 102355 required. … 7 AC C ESS C ON T RO L A N D SA FE T Y Door control units Rescue routes must be individually adapted for each building – otherwise they are not safe. The door control unit plays an extremely important role in this respect: In normal circumstances, it lets authorised people pass through the door, and in an emergency, it opens for everyone. Use the wide selection of GEZE door control units with fire and danger alarm systems, escape door locks, motor locks and much more to bring your customised safety concept to life. … GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units TZ 320 Door control unit for controlling escape route doors with illuminated emergency exit sign, key switch and power supply ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N EN 13637-compliant protection of an emergency exit against unauthorised access Can be used on single and double leaf doors Connectivity via bus enables e.g. interlocking door system control, forwarding of alarms, connection to building management system Can be combined with motor locks and swing door drives Realisation of a bi-directional emergency exit Flush-mounted installation ensures seamless integration into the building PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Flat impact cover enables fast and safe activation of the illuminated emergency push button in panic situations Coloured terminals simplify installation Three freely configurable inputs and two freely configurable outputs offer numerous possibilities for additional components Number of inputs and outputs can be extended with the IO 420 extension module Illuminated emergency exit sign improves visibility Integrated power supply offers additional flexibility Integrated key switch enables authorised passing through the emergency exit Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS CON N ECTIV ITY P O SSI B LE FO R D O O R CO N TRO L UN I TS - TZ 320 SERI ES Connectivity – this is a top priority in this product series. You can realise complex applications here, because there are a large number of interfaces to other products and systems. These door control units can communicate with each other due to the integrated bus function. Messages can be visualised on a tableau or PC and can be forwarded to higher-ranking building management systems. Your escape route is secured against unauthorised access in any case. At the same time, the integrated emergency push button ensures access in emergency situations. TEC HN ICAL DATA TZ 320 BSN UP TZ 320 BSN AP Width 81 mm 77 mm Height 223 mm 197 mm Depth in flush-mounted sockets 62 mm deep 88 mm Acoustic signal 75 dB 75 dB Number of outputs … 2 Number of inputs … 3 Illuminated yes yes Operating voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC Contact current capacity 30 V / … A 30 V / … A With ribbon cable yes yes Type of installation Flush-mounted Surface-mounted Emergency push button yes yes Visual display yes yes Parameter setting ST 220 service terminal ST 220 service terminal Sabotage contact yes yes IP rating IP30 IP30 Current consumption 130 mA 130 mA Power supply for external devices (24 V DC) 600 mA 650 mA Service temperature -10 °C...+55 °C -10 °C...+55 °C Supply voltage 230 V 230 V Delayed emergency push button no no Cylinder type Euro profile half cylinder Euro profile half cylinder Conform to EN 13637 yes yes … 10 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units TZ 320 STAN DA R D D O O R C O N T R O L U N I T – SYSTEM STR UCTUR E 230 V AC 50 HZ 230 V AC 50 Hz V GEZE BUS … 2 TS 5000 … MA 500 MST 210 Powerturn Slimdrive EMD GEZE BUS TK FTV 320 BMA EMA BMA … 5 EMA … 4 ZuKo ZuKo TZ 320 SN IQ lock C … 8 TZ 320 SN IQ lock EL … = flashlight I … = signal horn I … = alarm message I … = key switch I … = sensor strip I … = movement detector I … = contact sensor I … = main switch I BMA = fire alarm system I FTV 320 = escape door lock I FS = latch lock I EMA = burglar alarm system I MA 500 = holding magnet I MST 210 = motor lock control I Powerturn / Slimdrive EMD = swing door drive I TK = door contact I TS 5000 = door closer I ZuKo = access control FUNCTION AL D ES CR I P T I O N In the direction of escape, the door is held closed by an additional electrical locking element which is controlled by the door control unit as the central system unit. Authorised passing of the secured door can be by means of external activation devices such as key switches, access control or an intercom. In the direction of escape, authorised passage is also possible by means of the integrated key switch of the door control unit. If the door is to be passed through from the outside, the panic lock must be mechanically unlocked as well. Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time for authorised activation has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered to draw attention to the time limit being exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch Passing of the door in case of an emergency In case of an emergency, the door can be released at any time via the integrated emergency push button. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit signal unauthorised passing of the door. Central control and visualisation Due to the integrated bus function of the TZ 320, central visualisation and control of the individual doors can take place via myGEZE Control. Bus functions Burglar alarm systems (EMA), fire alarm systems (BMA) or timers (ZSU) can be connected to a door control unit in the bus system. The signals can be forwarded by the bus to all further door control units. Up to five groups are always possible. Note: forwarding the fire alarm system signal is not permitted with EN 13637 conforming control units. Other functions – Permanent unlocking – Locking – Acknowledging an alarm – Emergency unlocking via the fire alarm system Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Design variants The variant with IQ lock C, a self-locking contact lock in place of the panic lock, offers increased ease of access from the outside by only one operating process. Mechanical unlocking of the lock and release of the emergency exit protection are carried out simultaneously. The lock is unlocked by the Euro profile cylinder via the integrated cylinder contact of the IQ lock C, and a short-time release is executed at the TZ 320 at the same time. The variant with IQ lock EL, a self-locking motor lock combined with swing door drive, offers increased access convenience due to the fully automatic opening of the door after authorised passage. In daytime operation the door control unit can be permanently unlocked so that passage via push button or radar sensor is possible by anyone. At night, the door control unit can be locked so that passage is only possible by authorised persons. In addition, the self-locking feature guarantees the doors are always locked in accordance with insurance requirements. Planning information The TZ 320 is very well equipped with two freely programmable outputs and three programmable inputs. If the requirements make more outputs or inputs necessary, the system TZ 320 Comfort with IO 420 extension module must be used. If, for example, alarm messages are required in addition to a swing door drive, or if other signals have to be forwarded to a central building management system, more than two outputs are necessary. System components – TZ 320 SN AP/UP door control unit – FTV 320 escape door lock – Emergency exit electric strike with latch lock or holding magnet with installation set and door contact Options – Flashlight, signal horn – SCT 220, SCT 222, SCT 320 external key switches – NOT 320 external emergency push button – Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) – T 320 terminal – ST 220 service terminal – IQ lock EL, EM, C, M – Slimdrive EMD, ECturn, Powerturn swing door drives – Extension of the digital inputs and outputs via IO 420 extension module – Connection to BACnet IP via myGEZE Control 11 12 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Switch programme Version TZ 320 BSN door control unit, flush-mounted, EN 13637 Consisting of: a control unit with emergency push button, key switch with Euro profile half cylinder. Emergency exit sign, illuminated, power supply 24 V DC Jung AS 500 Jung LS 990 Gira E2 Gira E2 ID no. white stainless steel anthracite pure white matt 193509 193510 193511 193542 TZ 320 BSN door control unit, surface-mounted , EN 13637 Consisting of: a control unit with emergency push button, key switch with Euro profile half cylinder. Emergency exit sign, illuminated, power supply 24 V DC white aluminium green 193546 193545 TZ 320 BS door control unit, surface-mounted, EN 13637 Consisting of: control unit with emergency push button, key switch with Euro profile half cylinder, illuminated emergency exit sign, operating voltage 24 V DC white aluminium green 193544 193543 Door control unit configuration 199289 TZ 320 UP control unit Control unit with emergency push button impact cover made of transparent plastic 129586 Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Products TZ 320 BSN door control unit, flush-mounted, EN 13637, Gira E2 pure white matt (193542) TZ 320 BSN door control unit, flush-mounted, EN 13637, Gira E2 anthracite (193511) TZ 320 BSN UP door control unit, EN 13637, Jung AS 500 white (193509) TZ 320 BSN door control unit, surface-mounted, EN 13637 (193545), TZ 320 BS door control unit, surface-mounted, EN 13637 (193543) TZ 320 BSN door control unit, surface-mounted, EN 13637 (193546), TZ 320 BS door control unit, surfacemounted, EN 13637 (193544) TZ 320 UP control unit (129586) TZ 320 BSN UP door control unit, EN 13637, Jung LS 990 stainless steel (193510) 13 14 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units TZ 320 - stainless steel Door control unit for controlling escape route doors with illuminated emergency exit sign, key switch and power supply AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N EN 13637-compliant protection of an emergency exit against unauthorised access Can be used on single and double leaf doors Connectivity via bus enables e.g. interlocking door system control, forwarding of alarms, connection to building management system Can be combined with motor locks and swing door drives Realisation of a bidirectional emergency exit Flush-mounted installation ensures seamless integration into the building PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Flat impact cover enables fast and safe activation of the illuminated emergency push button in panic situations Coloured connectors facilitate electrical connection Three freely configurable inputs and two freely configurable outputs offer numerous possibilities for additional components Number of inputs and outputs can be expanded using the IO 420 extension module Integrated power supply offers additional flexibility Integrated key switch enables authorised passing through the emergency exit Robust and attractive stainless steel housing Backlighting with LED backlight possible Installation in stainless steel box Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS CON N ECTIV ITY P O SSI B LE FO R D O O R CO N TRO L UN I TS - TZ 320 STAI N LESS STEEL SER I ES The design version of the TZ 320 is covered in high quality stainless steel. Because of this, it is particularly stable and offers increased protection against vandalism. The integrated sabotage protection is triggered once the front plate is removed. The identical designs of the surface-mounted and flush-mounted front plates make the two variants look almost identical. A distinction can only be established on the basis of the somewhat larger dimensions. This makes it possible to have a standardised look throughout a building. These door control units can be equipped with a “backlight” LED display. The LEDs can signal different functions, such as door closed (red) or door open (green), as well as LEDs continuous (green) or alarm (red). TEC HN ICAL DATA TZ 320 BSN stainless steel, flush-mounted socket set EN 13637 TZ 320 BSN stainless steel, flush-mounted socket set EN 13637 TZ 320 BSN stainless steel, surface-mounted set EN 13637 Width 98 mm 98 mm 78 mm Height 260 mm 260 mm 240 mm Depth 11,5 mm 70 mm 70 mm Acoustic signal 75 db 75 db 75 db Number of outputs … pcs. … pcs. … pcs. Number of inputs … pcs. … pcs. … pcs. Illuminated no no no Operating voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC Contact current capacity 30 V / … A 30 V / … A 30 V / … A With ribbon cable yes yes yes Type of installation flush-mounted flush-mounted surface-mounted Emergency push button yes yes yes Visual display yes yes yes Parameter setting ST 220 service terminal ST 220 service terminal ST 220 service terminal Sabotage contact yes yes yes IP rating IP30 IP30 IP30 Current consumption 130 mA 130 mA 130 mA Power supply for external devices (24 V DC) 950 mA 950 mA 950 mA Supply voltage 230 V 230 V 230 V Service temperature -10 - 55 °C -10 - 55 °C -10 - 55 °C Cylinder type Euro profile half cylinder Euro profile half cylinder Euro profile half cylinder Conform to EN 13637 yes yes yes POS ITION OF T H E D O O R C O N T R O L U N I T ACCO R DI N G TO EN … 3 637 90° … 1200 800 … 2 … 1 … 1 = emergency push button I … = direction of escape 600 15 16 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units STAN DA R D D OOR C O N T R O L U N I T – SYST EM STRUCTURE 230 V AC 50 HZ 230 V AC 50 Hz V GEZE BUS … 2 TS 5000 … MA 500 MST 210 Powerturn Slimdrive EMD GEZE BUS TK FTV 320 BMA EMA BMA … 5 EMA … 4 ZuKo ZuKo TZ 320 SN IQ lock C … 8 TZ 320 SN IQ lock EL … = flashlight I … = signal horn I … = alarm message I … = key switch I … = sensor strip I … = movement detector I … = contact sensor I … = main switch I BMA = fire alarm system I FTV 320 = escape door lock I FS = latch lock I EMA = burglar alarm system I MA 500 = holding magnet I MST 210 = motor lock control I Powerturn / Slimdrive EMD = swing door drive I TK = door contact I TS 5000 = door closer I ZuKo = access control FU NCTION AL D ES CR I P T I O N In the direction of escape, the door is held closed by an additional electrical locking element which is controlled by the door control unit as the central system unit. Authorised passing of the secured door can be by means of external activation devices such as key switches, access control or an intercom. In the direction of escape, authorised passage is also possible by means of the integrated key switch of the door control unit. If someone wants to pass through the door from the outside, the panic lock must be mechanically unlocked as well. Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time for authorised activation has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered to draw attention to the time limit being exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. Passing of the door in case of an emergency In case of an emergency, the door can be released at any time via the integrated emergency push button. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit signal unauthorised passing of the door. Central control and visualisation Due to the integrated bus function of the TZ 320, central visualisation and control of the individual doors can take place via the TE 220 control panel or myGEZE Control. Bus functions Burglar alarm systems (EMA), fire detector systems (BMA) or timers (ZSU) can be connected to a door control unit in the bus system. The signals can be forwarded by the bus to all further door control units. Up to five groups are always possible. Note: Forwarding of the fire alarm system signal is not permitted for EN 13637 conforming control units. Other functions – Permanent unlocking – Locking – Acknowledging an alarm – Emergency unlocking via the fire alarm system Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Design variants The variant with IQ lock C, a self-locking contact lock in place of the panic lock, offers increased ease of access from the outside by only one operating process. Mechanical unlocking of the lock and release of the emergency exit protection are carried out simultaneously. The lock is unlocked by the Euro profile cylinder via the integrated cylinder contact of the IQ lock C, and a short-term release is executed at the TZ 320 at the same time. The variant with IQ lock EL, the self-locking motor lock combined with swing door drive, offers increased ease of access due to the fully automatic opening of the door after authorised passage. In daytime operation the door control unit can be permanently unlocked so that passage via push button or radar sensor is possible by anyone. At night, the door control unit can be locked so that passage is only possible by authorised persons. In addition, the self-locking feature guarantees the doors are always locked in accordance with insurance requirements. Planning information The TZ 320 is very well equipped with two freely programmable outputs and three programmable inputs. If the requirements make more outputs or inputs necessary, the system TZ 320 Comfort or the the IO 420 extension module must be used. If, for example, alarm signals are needed in addition to a swing door drive, or if other signals have to be forwarded to a central building management system, more than two outputs are necessary. System components – TZ 320 SN AP/UP door control unit – FTV 320 escape door lock – Emergency exit electric strike with latch lock or holding magnet with installation set and door contact Options – Flashlight, signal horn – External key switch SCT 220, SCT 222, SCT 320 – NOT 320 external emergency push button – Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) – T 320 eerminal – ST 220 service terminal – IQ lock EL, EM, C, M – Slimdrive EMD, ECturn, Powerturn swing door drives – TE 220 control panel – Connection to BACnet IP via my GEZE Control 17 18 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. stainless steel TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, surface-mounted set, EN 13637 Consisting of: stainless steel front plate surface-mounted, standard, with recess for Euro profile cylinder, stainless steel housing surface-mounted, TZ 320 control unit flush-mounted with emergency, push button SCT 320 key switch, emergency exit sign pre-mounted, SCT design adhesive frame, 24 V DC power supply, output current max. 950 mA, 230 V AC power supply, operating voltage 24 V DC 193506 stainless steel TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, flush-mounted set, EN 13637 Consisting of: stainless steel front plate flush-mounted, standard, with recess for Euro profile cylinder, stainless steel housing flush-mounted, TZ 320 UP control unit with emergency, push button SCT 320 key switch, emergency exit sign pre-mounted, SCT design adhesive frame, 24 V DC power supply, output current max. 950 mA 230 V AC power supply, 24 V DC operating voltage 193507 TZ 320 BSN stainless steel door control unit, flush-mounted socket set, EN 13637 Consisting of: stainless steel front plate, flush-mounted standard with recess for Euro profile cylinder, white spacer frame, TZ 320 UP control unit with emergency push button, SCT 320 key switch, emergency exit sign pre-mounted, SCT design adhesive frame, 24 V DC power supply Not included: wall fixing screws Output current max. 950 mA, power supply 230 V AC Operating voltage 24 V DC stainless steel 193508 TZ 32x stainless steel housing surface-mounted flush-mounted 155016 155017 Stainless steel front plate, standard EN 13637 Incl. Makrolon panel with pre-mounted emergency exit sign surface-mounted flush-mounted 193550 193552 Stainless steel front plate RFID, EN 13637 With recess for RFID reader, incl. Makrolon panel with pre-mounted emergency exit sign surface-mounted flush-mounted 193551 193553 Door control unit configuration 199289 TZ 320 UP control unit Control unit with emergency push button impact cover made of transparent plastic 129586 ACCES SORIES Spacer frame for stainless steel housing surface-mounted For installation of the door control unit with surface-mounted stainless steel housing 158696 Spacer frame for stainless steel housing surface-mounted For installation of the door control unit with flush-mounted stainless steel front plate in standard flush-mounted sockets 155030 LED-Backlight, GN/RD For optical backlighting of the stainless steel front plate 155031 SCT design adhesive frame, rectangular/round For attachment around the Euro profile cylinder recess on the front plate. 155034 Accessories mains connection Strain relief of the cables, earthing of the V2A housing Connection of the power supply circuit through Wago connector 155035 Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Products TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, surface-mounted set, EN 13637(193506) TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, flush-mounted set, EN 13637 (193507) TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, flush-mounted socket set, EN 13637 (ID 193508) TZ 32x stainless steel housing surface-mounted (155016) TZ 32x stainless steel housing flush-mounted (155017) Stainless steel front plate, standard, EN 13637 (193550) Stainless steel front plate RFID, surface-mounted EN 13637 (193551) TZ 320 UP control unit (129586) 19 20 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Terminal T 320 terminal Slave control unit for bi-directional escape routes with a TZ 320 or TZ 322 with integrated key switch ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Terminal functions as additional interface for a TZ 320 to trigger an indirect release of a bi-directional emergency exit Realisation of a bi-directional emergency exit Realisation of an escape balcony PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Flat impact cover enables fast and safe activation of the illuminated emergency push button in panic situations Coloured connectors facilitate electrical connection Integrated key switch enables authorised passing through emergency exit Illuminated emergency exit sign improves visibility Terminal | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS TE R MIN AL FOR B I - D I R ECT I O N A L ESCA P E RO UTES - T 320 SER I ES Your escape route goes in both directions? No problem! Doors that are to secure the escape route in both directions are equipped with a TZ 320 on one side and a T 320 on the other. Thus, in case of danger, the door can be safely unlocked from both sides at any time via an emergency push button. The activation of the electric locking element can be controlled via the terminal as well as via the door control unit. This locking element keeps the doors locked and prevents unauthorised access. TEC HN ICAL DATA T 320 AP terminal T 320 UP control unit Acoustic signal 75 dB 75 dB Illuminated optional no Operating voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC Width 77 mm for installation in 55 mm grid Height 197 mm for installation in 55 mm grid Depth 88 mm in flush-mounted sockets 62 mm deep With ribbon cable yes yes Type of installation Surface-mounted Flush-mounted Emergency push button yes yes Visual display yes yes Sabotage contact yes yes IP rating IP30 IP30 Current consumption 100 mA 100 mA Temperature range -10 °C...+55 °C -10 °C...+55 °C Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC Delayed emergency push button no no Supply voltage 230 V 230 V Delayed emergency push button no no Cylinder type Euro profile half cylinder - Conform to EN 13637 yes yes BI-D IR ECTION A L ESCA P E R O U T E – SYSTEM STRUCTURE GEZE BUS … 2 TS 5000 BMA … FTV 320 … ZuKo … TZ 320 SN T 320 … 230 V AC 50 HZ … = signal horn I … = alarm message I … = Toplock I … = key switch I … = panic lock I … = terminal / door control unit 21 22 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Terminal SYSTE M D ES C R IP T I O N Authorised passage in the 1st direction of escape Authorised passage through the secured door in the 1st direction of escape is by means of a key switch integrated in the door control unit. In addition, passage via external elements e.g. access control or a key switch is also possible. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (short-time release). Authorised passage in the 2nd direction of escape Authorised passage through the secured door in the 2nd direction of escape is by means of a key switch integrated in the terminal. In addition, passage via external elements e.g. access control or a key switch is also possible. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (short-time release). Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time for authorised activation has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered to draw attention to the time limit being exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. The door is equipped with a door closer to ensure it closes automatically after passage. Passing the door in case of an emergency The door can be released at any time in case of an emergency via the emergency push button integrated on the door control unit and/or on the terminal. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit and in the terminal signal unauthorised passing of the door. There is also the possibility of triggering external signal transmitters via an alarm contact or relaying a message to a building management system. O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. T 320 AP terminal, EN 13637 Consisting of: control unit with emergency push button, key switch with Euro profile half cylinder, non-illuminated emergency exit sign white aluminium green 193548 193547 T 320 UP control unit (No complete flush-mounted set available, assembled of individual components) 140999 Terminal | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Products T 320 AP control unit (193547) T 320 AP control unit (193548) T 320 UP control unit (140999) 23 24 25 AC C ESS C O N T RO L A N D SA FE T Y Locking elements A hazardous situation can cause panic and represent a danger to life – which is why it’s even more important that electrically locked doors clear the escape route immediately. Locking elements such as the GEZE escape door locks, react immediately when they are released by authorised parties or someone presses the emergency push button. Other advantages: they save space, are easy to install and provide protection against manipulation and vandalism, due to clever devices. We are happy to help you choose the right locking elements for your emergency exit. 26 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Locking element FTV 320 Escape door lock for doors in rescue routes ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Single and double leaf doors Installation in the frame or the door leaf ensures a tidy appearance Can be used for numerous other safety solutions that require a fail-safe principle PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Unique cross latch mechanism guarantees secure locking Integrated feedback contact ensures reliable monitoring of the door Integrated sabotage monitoring secures the locking mechanism against manipulation Variety of face plates and accessories offers a solution for almost every door situation Locking element | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA FTV 320 Height … mm Width 15 mm Depth 38 mm Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption in locked state 100 mA Service temperature -20 °C...+60 °C Latch preload 3,000 N Break-open resistance 5,000 N Clearance … +/- … mm DIN direction universal Feedback contact yes Fail-safe yes Conform to EN 13637 yes PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G S … 40 … 2 20 25 … 186 200 186 186 93 200 R1 … 200 … 24 2) .5(x n5 11 14 … = ID 158906 FTV 320 escape door lock face plate 20 x 200 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors (wood) I … = ID 158908 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 24 x 200 x … mm, rectangular, for tubular-framed door I … = ID 158913 FTV 320 escape door lock face plate 25 x 200 x … mm, rectangular, alternative version FTÖ 331 27 28 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Locking element PRO D U CT F E ATU R ES Planning reliability and simple consulting One escape door lock for many applications. The types of installation DIN right / DIN left, horizontal / vertical, in door leaf or door frame make the FTV 320 extremely versatile. Exchange with products from other manufacturers is no problem. The comprehensive range of accessories complies with the standard dimensions. Time-saving and failsafe Additional components such as relay boards are not necessary. The double assignment of terminals is not required, nor is the setting of cable bridges between two terminals. Space-saving The small dimensions and omission of the latch lock previously required, use of the FTV 320 avoids unnecessary recesses in the door or frame. Leaving more room for fireproof insulation on fire protection doors. Cables can be routed past the housing of the escape door lock. Simple to install Locking device and face plate are delivered pre-mounted. Two fixing screws are all that is required for safe attachment. The strike plate on the opposite side is also installed using only two screws. There is no need for a latch lock to be installed. Protection against vandalism and manipulation Unlike conventional latch locks, the cross latches of the FTV 320 are blocked in the locked state, which prevents them from being manipulated using a cheque card. The mechanism and integrated control circuit board are protected against manipulation attempts and report any attempts to a higher-order level. FT V 320 ES CA PE D O O R LO CK – O R D E R I N FO R M ATI O N Designation DIN door stop FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 20 x 200 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors (wood) left/right Version 158906 ID no. FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 24 x 200 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors (steel) left/right 158909 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 22 x 220 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right 158907 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 24 x 200 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right 158908 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 28 x 200 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right 158910 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 30 x 200 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right 158911 FTV 320 escape door lock Angled face plate 30 x 48 x 220 x … mm, rectangular Alternative version FTÖ 331 left/right 158912 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 25 x 200 x … mm, rectangular Alternative version FTÖ 331 left/right 158913 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate with lock latch guide 35 x 200 x … mm, rectangular Alternative version FTÖ 331 left/right 158914 Locking element | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS FT V 320 ES CA P E D O O R LO C K – O R D E R I N FO RM ATI O N Designation DIN door stop Version ID no. Strike plate 20 x 110 x 3, round for solid leaf doors (wood) left/right stainless steel 159059 Strike plate 20 x 140 x 3, round for solid leaf doors (wood) left/right stainless steel 159050 Lipped strike plate, can be shortened 20 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), round for solid leaf doors (wood) left/right stainless steel 159056 Adjustable lipped strike plate, can be shortened 20 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), round for solid leaf doors left/right stainless steel 159063 Strike plate 24 x 110 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors left/right stainless steel 159061 Strike plate 24 x 140 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors (steel) left/right stainless steel 159053 Lipped strike plate, can be shortened 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), round for solid leaf doors (steel) left/right stainless steel 159058 Adjustable lipped strike plate, can be shortened 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), round for solid leaf doors left/right stainless steel 159064 Strike plate 20 x 110 x 3, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 163768 Strike plate 22 x 220 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159051 Strike plate 24 x 110 x 3, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 163769 Strike plate 24 x 130 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159060 Strike plate 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159052 Lipped strike plate, can be shortened 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159057 Adjustable lipped strike plate, can be shortened 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159065 Strike plate 28 x 130 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159062 Strike plate 28 x 140 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159054 Strike plate 30 x 140 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159055 Strike plate support 20 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159066 Strike plate support 24 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159067 Strike plate support 24 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159068 Support FTV 320 24 x 200 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159072 Support FTV 320 24 x 200 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159071 Strike plate support 28 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159069 Strike plate support 28 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159070 29 30 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Locking element MA 500 holding magnet For magnetic locking of emergency exits in accordance with the fail-safe principle ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Doors along escape and rescue routes Emergency exits PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Integrated monitoring controls the locking status Separate door contact enables door status message Different installation sets offer three different installation situations Locking element | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA MA 500 Width 265 mm Height 66 mm Depth 41 mm Type of installation with corresponding installation set (hinge side, opposite hinge side or reveal) Service temperature -10 – 50 °C IP rating IP30 Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 250 mA Feedback contact yes Fail-safe yes Conform to EN 13637 yes PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G IN STA LLATION SE T M A … 0 0, H I N G E SI D E 75 75 95 … 115 … 6 24 115 95 M6x20 … 33 … 33 mm … 2 115 16 26 26 17 33 146 24 23 … 8 37 24 26 … RWS M6x20 … 9 10 115 270 330 … = drilling template hinge side I … = door edge lock side I … = door DIN right I … = door DIN left I … = magnet with counterplate I … = mounting plate I … = lock washer I … = adjusting path I … = installation bracket I 10 = mounting bracket 31 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Locking element INSTA LLATION S E T M A … 0 0, O P P O SI T E H I NG E SI DE 10 16 115 115 20 RWS 17 26 … 154 … 2 … 24 … 17 26 … M6x20 26 71 … 146 57 33 33 M6x20 … 26 … 33 mm 20 … 20 270 75 20 20 30 … 7 … = drilling template opposite hinge side I … = frame lock side I … = door DIN right I … = door DIN left I … = magnet with counterplate I … = retaining plate I … = lock washer I … = adjusting path I … = installation bracket I 10 = mounting bracket INSTA LLATION S E T M A … 0 0, M O U N T I N G W I THI N R EVEAL 270 … 33 … 3 … 6 72 … 7 155 … 20 20 … 4 … 26 … 30 29 20 20 … 10 26 … 3 26 M6x20 11 29 33 29 26 17 RWS M6x20 … 20 115 26 115 75 32 … 6 30 20 20 155 20 20 … = drilling template mounting within reveal I … = reveal lock side I … = door DIN right I … = door DIN left I … = magnet with counterplate I … = retaining plate on the door I … = retaining plate I … = lock washer I … = lintel I 10 = mounting bracket I 11 = mounting bracket on the reveal Locking element | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS O R D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. MA 500 holding magnet With counterplate silver-coloured 024740 Installation set MA 500, hinge side silver-coloured 024731 Installation set MA 500, opposite hinge side silver-coloured 024732 Installation set MA 500, mounting within reveal silver-coloured 025727 Surface-mounted magnetic contact Sensing distance 21 mm white 200386 Reed contact set white 106133 33 34 35 AC C ESS C O N T RO L A N D SA FE T Y System solutions We offer you complete solutions. From the initial consultation, the products and their installation through to the service following commissioning. Everything is tailored to your specific demands and needs. Our industry experts fully understand your concerns and will put together an individually tailored solution package. 36 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | System solutions Emergency exit protection NURSE RY S C HOO L S O LU T I O N – F LE X I B LE AN D SAFE EN TRAN CE AN D EX I T CO N TR O L FO R N U R S E RY S CH O O LS With this emergency exit protection system for doors in nursery schools, the emergency exit is always locked and thus reliably protected against unauthorised passage. Unauthorised use of the emergency exit door by children can thus best be prevented by an approved system. The special feature of this system is the push button on the inside, which is positioned at a height of … m, inaccessible for children. In addition, the outside push button can be enabled or disabled via a switch for the parents during the arrival and pick-up periods. The activation of the emergency push-button – at a level children can reach – immediately releases the door and is signalled by both visual and acoustic alarms. This solution is also suitable for existing doors which are already fitted with an electric strike and a knob or pull handle on the outside. … 3 … 5 … 7 … 8 … 1 = panic lock with transmission function “E” on site I … = TS 4000/TS 5000 door closer I … = push button at … m height I … = switch to activate or deactivate the exterior push button I … = TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-mounted/flush-mounted I … = FTV 320 escape door lock I … = A5000--B electric strike I … = key switch I … = push button outside System solutions | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SYSTEM COMPONENTS TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-mounted/flush-mounted ● FTV 320 escape door lock ● A5000--B electric strike ● RP 220 relay board ● Push button at … m height ● Push button outside ● Switch to enable or disable the outside push button ● TS 4000/TS 5000 door closer ● Panic lock with transmission function "E" on site ● OPTIONAL COMPONENTS Swing door drive as an alternative to the door closer for automatic door operation Holding magnet with installation set and door contact instead of escape door lock Flashlight Signal horn Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) Timer instead of the switch ● = yes SYSTE M D ES CR I P T I O N Passage by nursery school personnel Personnel triggers a short-time release on the door control unit by activating the outside key switch. The door can then be passed using the key on the panic lock. Pick up and drop off times The outside push button can be enabled or disabled via a switch in the office or on the door. This means that parents can trigger a short-time release when they are bringing or collecting their children, and open the door from the outside. Parents can leave the nursery school again by opening the door using the push button mounted at a height of … m. The installation height of … m means the push button is out of children's reach. Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered. This is to draw attention to the fact that the time has been exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. The door is equipped with a door closer to ensure it closes automatically after passage. Passing of the door in case of an emergency The door can be released at any time in an emergency by pressing the integrated emergency push button on the door control unit which is usually installed at a height of 850 mm and is thus also accessible for children. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit signal passing of the door. There is also the possibility of triggering external signal transmitters via an alarm contact or relaying a message to a building management system. Burglary protection To lock the door in accordance with insurance requirements, nursery school staff must lock it manually using the panic lock. 37 38 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | System solutions Emergency exit protection BI- D IR ECTION A L E M E R G E N CY E X I T P R OT ECTI O N FO R DO O R S W I TH EM ER G EN CY EX I T FUN CT ION IN BOTH D IR ECTIO N S. In the case of doors that serve as an escape route in both directions, a special system solution is necessary in order for them to make passage possible in both directions in emergency situations. With the GEZE system solution, doors along escape routes are generally held closed via an additional electrical locking element and thus reliably secured against unauthorised passage. Passage of the emergency exits is controlled by the TZ 320 door control unit. The T 320 terminal is fitted in the second direction of escape. In case of danger, the door can be safely unlocked from both sides at any time via an emergency push button. The door can be controlled and monitored via the T 320 terminal and via the TZ 320 door control unit. … 3 … 4 … = TS 4000/TS 5000 door closer I … = TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-/flush-mounted I … = FTV 320 escape door lock I … = T 320 terminal surface- or flush-mounted System solutions | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SYSTEM COMPONENTS TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-mounted/flush-mounted ● T 320 terminal surface- or flush-mounted ● FTV 320 escape door lock ● TS 4000/TS 5000 door closer ● OPTIONAL COMPONENTS Holding magnet with installation set and door contact instead of escape door lock Flashlight Signal horn Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) Access control Connection to BACnet IP via myGEZE Control ● = yes SYSTE M D ES CR I P T I O N Authorised passage in the 1st direction of escape Authorised passage through the secured door in the 1st direction of escape is by means of a key switch integrated in the door control unit. In addition, passage via external elements e.g. access control or a key switch is also possible. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (short-time release). Authorised passage in the 2nd direction of escape Authorised passage through the secured door in the 2nd direction of escape is by means of a key switch integrated in the terminal. In addition, passage via external elements e.g. access control or a key switch is also possible. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (short-time release). Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered. This is to draw attention to the fact that the time has been exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. The door is equipped with a door closer to ensure it closes automatically after passage. Passing the door in case of an emergency The door can be released at any time in case of an emergency via the emergency push button integrated on the door control unit and/or on the terminal. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit and in the terminal signal unauthorised passing of the door. There is also the possibility of triggering external signal transmitters via an alarm contact or relaying a message to a building management system. 39 40 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | System solutions Central control FOR D OOR S IN IN T E R LO CK I N G D O O R SYSTEM S This system allows interlocking door systems (active or passive) in the course of escape routes, e.g. in operating wings, laboratory and quarantine wards, to be achieved. This is the case when several doors are released in succession and may only be passed once the respective previous door has been closed again. The doors in one group mutually lock each other. A door control unit can be assigned to several groups at the same time. The interlocking door system relations can be changed at any time through simple parameter setting. A maximum of 10 interlocking door groups with altogether up to 63 door control units each are possible per bus system. For both types of interlocking door system, immediate access can be gained by activating the emergency push button. The interlocking door system function can be switched on and off by means of key switches. … 3 … 2 … 2 … = TS 4000 / TS 5000 door closer I … = TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-/flush-mounted, reader integrated I … = traffic light display red / green I … = FTV 320 escape door lock System solutions | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SYSTEM COMPONENTS TZ 320 door control unit ● FTV 320 escape door lock ● Traffic light display red/green ● Push button ● Power supply ● TS 4000 / TS 5000 door closer ● OPTIONAL COMPONENTS Holding magnet with installation set and door contact instead of escape door lock Red indicator lamp instead of the traffic light display IQ lock EL motor lock IQ lock EM lever lock IQ lock C contact lock Slimdrive EMD / Powerturn swing door drive Timer (ZSU) Flashlight Signal horn Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) ● = yes SYSTE M D ES CR I P T I O N Active interlocking door system In the closed state, all the doors configured as part of an active interlocking door group are locked. If one of these doors is released short-term via respective activation devices, it transmits a signal to all the other doors in the group at the same time and prevents short-time unlocking. Passive interlocking door system In contrast to the active interlocking door system, all the doors configured as part of a passive interlocking door system are not generally locked when in a closed state. If one of these doors is opened, it transmits a signal to all other doors and locks these. Mixed interlocking door system (active and passive) Both interlocking door system types can be combined in one interlocking door group. Continued locking of interlocking door system doors for pressure compensation or air purification, e.g. in clean rooms A time can be set for the interlocking door system to remain locked after it has been passed through (locking all the doors of an interlocking door group). Different times can be set at all the door control units of an interlocking door system. It is possible, for example, to keep the door locked for … s following passage from a clean room to a grey room, and for 15 s following passage in the opposite direction (grey room > clean room), since more time is required to clean the air in this case. Authorised passage from the non-secured area into the interlocking door system Authorised passage from the non-secured area is by means of electric access control using a card reader or the integrated key switch of the door control unit. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (shorttime release). 41 42 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | System solutions SYSTE M D ES C R IP T I O N – C O N T I N UAT I O N Authorised passage out of the interlocking door system In the interlocking door system, the doors are released via a push button without special authorisation. If a higher safety standard is required, an electric access control or mechanical key switch must be used here as well. Authorised passage out of the secured area into the interlocking door system In the secured area, the door is released via a push button without special authorisation. If a higher safety standard is required, an electric access control or mechanical key switch must be used here as well. Opening multiple doors in an interlocking door system for transportation purposes The "permanent unlocking" function on the door control units is used to disable the interlocking door system function. Several doors in one interlocking door group can then be opened at the same time. If deactivation of the interlocking door system is not possible for safety reasons, the "permanent unlocking" function can be suppressed on the door control units. Visual display of the interlocking door system status A locked interlocking door system is indicated by the integrated LEDs on the door control unit flashing red. In addition, the traffic light display is green when the interlocking door system can be entered and red when it is locked. As an option, the system can display only a red signal; this indicates that the interlocking door system is occupied. If no visual signal is displayed, the door can be passed. Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered. This is to draw attention to the fact that the time has been exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. The door is equipped with a door closer to ensure it closes automatically after passage. Automated interlocking door systems In the context of interlocking door system control it is also possible to activate swing door drives via the door control unit and thus to open and close doors in defined building sections. If a door is locked by the door control unit (basic state of active interlocking door system), the door drive is in the so-called night mode. If the short-time release is triggered, the drive is automatically activated and the door opens. After the hold-open time set on the drive has passed, the door closes and the door control unit locks the door. If a door is in an unlocked state (basic state of passive interlocking door system), the door drive is switched to automatic mode. The activation devices connected to the drive are active as long as the door is unlocked. If the door control unit locks, all the activation devices belonging to the automation are without function. Passing of the door in case of an emergency The door can be released in case of an emergency at any time via the integrated emergency push button. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit signal unauthorised passing of the door. There is also the possibility of triggering external signal transmitters via an alarm contact or relaying a message to a building management system. Integrating doors without escape route function Other types of doors such as sliding doors, industrial doors etc. can be integrated in a simple interlocking door system relation by means of the door control units. In this case, the door control unit serves only as an interlocking door system control which interrupts or releases the activation devices of the other doors. Its standardisation means that this solution is more straightforward than an interlocking door system control via a programmable logic controller (PLC) which generally requires separate programming and a cable plan and wiring diagram. System solutions | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS 43 44 45 AC C ESS C ON T RO L A N D SA FE T Y Individual components and accessories 46 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components Key switches SCT 320 U P K E Y SW I TC H Areas of application – Authorised control of operating statuses on various GEZE products – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for Euro profile half cylinder 30/10 – Dry internal applications – Flush-mounted installation makes almost flush integration possible with a low installation height Product features – Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys – With ribbon cable for convenient connection to the emergency exit system flush-mounted door control unit – With integrated sabotage contact – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges TECHN ICAL DATA SCT 320 UP IP rating IP20 Type of installation Flush-mounted Material Plastic Switching voltage 24 V DC Switching current 1A SCT … 20 U P K E Y SW I TC H Areas of application – Authorised control of operating statuses on various GEZE products – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for Euro profile half cylinder 30/10 – Dry internal applications – Flush-mounted installation makes almost flush integration possible with a low installation height Product features – With single frame – Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys TECHN ICAL DATA SCT 220 UP IP rating IP20 Type of installation Flush-mounted Material Stainless steel or plastic Switching current 10 A Switching voltage 250 V AC Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SCT … 2 … K E Y S W I TCH W I T H LE D Areas of application – Authorised control of operating statuses on various GEZE products – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for Euro profile half cylinder 30/10 – Outer areas due to high IP rating Product features – With integrated LED display for status feedback – Right LED red/green and left LED yellow – High-quality aluminium front plate – Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys – Sabotage-proof design, can only be opened with key TEC HN ICAL DATA SCT 222 with LED IP rating IP54 Type of installation Surface or flush-mounted Material Aluminium Switching current 5A Switching voltage 230 V AC KE Y S WITC H STAY- P U T W I T H O U T E U R O PR O FI LE HALF CYLI N DER Areas of application – For authorised activation of automatic doors – For authorised changing of the mode of operation on automatic doors – Internal application, some outer areas Product features – IP rating IP54 – Stay-put on both sides – Cover can only be removed with the key – Light alloy housing TEC HN ICAL DATA SCT stainless steel IP rating IP54 Type of installation Flush-mounted installation Material Light alloy housing Switching current 5A Switching voltage 230 V AC 47 48 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components EURO -P R OF ILE H A LF CY L I N D E R … 0 M M … 0 /1 … Areas of application – Lock cylinder for activation of one or both sides of the door – For key switches, manual locking devices, hook bolt locks Product features – Euro profile half cylinder 30/10 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Type of installation Version ID no. Flush-mounted SCT 320 key switch Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys Flush-mounted Flush-mounted Frame available separately. alpine white pure white matt anthracite 131984 130370 132278 SCT 221 key switch Single-sided switching operation, without Euro profile half cylinder silver-coloured silver-coloured 054240 054532 SCT 220 key switch, Jung LS 990 Flush-mounted Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys stainless steel 094170 SCT 220 key switch, GIRA E2 Flush-mounted Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys pure white matt 094012 SCT 222 key switch with LEDs Surface-mounted Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys Flush-mounted silver-coloured silver-coloured 100065 100064 Key switch stay-put without Euro profile half cylinder silver-coloured 111357 Euro-profile half cylinder 40 mm 30/10 Flush-mounted Surface-mounted Flush-mounted 090176 Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Emergency push buttons NOT 320 E ME R G E N CY P U S H B U T TO N Areas of application – Mains voltage can be switched off in the case of an emergency and during maintenance work – Indirect activation of GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Opening of automatic doors in case of an emergency Product features – LED lighting for better visibility, even in the dark – Re-usable cover that protects against dust and dirt – Contact system consists of one normally closed contact and one normally opened contact – Flat impact cover enables fast and safe activation of the illuminated emergency push button in panic situations TEC HN ICAL DATA NOT 320 emergency push button IP rating IP20 Type of installation Surface or flush-mounted Material of impact cover Transparent plastic Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 30 mA Number of cores … Number of relays … Visual operating state display yes Sabotage contact yes Contact rating 30 V / … A Temperature range -10 °C ... +50 °C 49 50 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components NOT … 20 A P E ME R G E N CY P U S H B U T TO N Areas of application – Mains voltage can be switched off in the case of an emergency and during maintenance work – Indirect activation of GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Opening of automatic doors in case of an emergency – Surface-mounted installation for simple installation without a lot of installation effort – Outer areas due to high IP rating Product features – LED lighting for better visibility, even in the dark – Contact system consists of one normally closed contact and one normally opened contact – A second normally closed contact is available as an accessory – Robust plastic housing protects the emergency push button reliably from mechanical effects TECHN ICAL DATA NOT 220 AP emergency push button Dimensions 94 x 94 x 122 mm IP rating IP65 Type of installation surface-mounted Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 15 mA Number of outputs … Temperature range -25 °C ... +70 °C NOT … 20 U P E ME RG E N CY P U S H B U T TO N Areas of application – Mains voltage can be switched off in case of an emergency – Mains voltage can be switched off in case of maintenance work – Indirect activation of GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Opening of automatic doors in case of an emergency – Flush-mounted installation makes almost flush integration possible with a low installation height Product features – LED lighting for better visibility – Contact system consists of one normally closed contact and one normally opened contact – A second normally closed contact is available as an accessory TECHN ICAL DATA NOT 220 UP emergency push button IP rating … x … x 98 mm Type of installation IP20 Type of installation flush-mounted Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 15 mA Number of outputs … Temperature range -25 °C ... +70 °C Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. NOT 320 UP emergency push button without frame surface-mounted 136571 NOT 320 AP emergency push button with surface mounted cap Jung AS 500 and … x frame flush-mounted 137967 NOT 220 AP emergency push button surface-mounted 210203 NOT 220 UP emergency push button flush-mounted 210204 51 52 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components Emergency exit signs FWS 320 B E ME R G E N CY E X I T SI G N E N … 3 637 Areas of application – Doors along escape and rescue routes – Illumination of the emergency exit sign in an emergency exit system door control unit for better visibility Product features – Flat design for flush-mounted and surface-mounted installation – Energy-efficient LED technology – With ribbon cable for convenient connection to the emergency exit system door control unit – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges TECHN ICA L DATA FWS 320 B emergency exit sign EN 13637 Dimensions 55 x 10 x 55 mm Type of installation Flush-mounted installation Material Plastic Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 10 mA EMER GE N CY P U S H B U T TO N N OT I C E SI G N EN … 3 637 Areas of application – Doors along escape and rescue routes Product features – Self-adhesive TECHN ICAL DATA Emergency push button notice sign EN 13637 Dimensions 94 x 94 mm Colour green (RAL 6032) ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. FWS 320 B emergency exit sign EN 13637 illuminated with ribbon cable for installation on TZ 320 / SCT 320 green 193554 Emergency push button notice sign EN 13637 self-adhesive, dimensions: 94 x 94 mm green 193993 Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Power supply NT … A-2 … V U P P OW E R SU P P LY Areas of application – Flush-mounted installation of the power supply – For the supply of 24 V drives and control units Product features – Compact power supply TEC HN ICAL DATA NT … A-24 V UP power supply (151426) Dimensions (W x H x D) 54 x 54 x 32 mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) … A POW E R S U P PLY … 4 V D C ( N T 1. … A-2 … V HS) Areas of application – For installation on top hat rails – For the supply of 24 V drives and control units Product features – Quick and easy installation – Powerful power supply with small dimensions TEC HN ICAL DATA NT … A-24 V HS (151425) Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 90 x 58 mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) … A Division units … division units 53 54 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components POW E R S U P PLY … 4 V D C ( N T … . … A-2 … V H S) Areas of application – For installation on top hat rails – For the supply of 24 V drives and control units Product features – Quick and easy installation – Powerful power supply with small dimensions T ECH N ICAL DATA NT … A-24 V HS (151424) Dimensions (W x H x D) 52 x 90 x 58 mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) … A Division units … division units POWE R S U P PLY … 4 V D C ( N T 6. 25 A-2 … V HS) Areas of application – For installation on top hat rails – For the supply of 24 V drives and control units Product features – Quick and easy installation – Powerful power supply with small dimensions TECHN ICAL DATA NT … A-24 V HS (192113) Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 95 x … mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) … A Division units … division units Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS ST E P-U PS U N I N T E R R U P T I B LE P OW E R SUPPLY Areas of application – For installation on top hat rails – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units Product features – Lithium-ion technology ensures low battery maintenance and a long service life – Integrated battery module enables compact design and space-saving top hat rail – Battery module installed without tools for easy replacement – Automatic, cyclical battery quality testing guarantees reliable operation and promptly signals when a battery needs to be replaced – Deep discharge protection protects the battery against damage, even under high loads – Alarm status is displayed visually on the device and can be transmitted via contact – Charge status is displayed visually on the device and can be transmitted via contact – Battery status is displayed visually on the device and can be transmitted via contact – Adjustable buffer time allows for individual adjustment to fit any application TEC HN ICAL DATA Phoenix Contact UPS 24 V DC, 46 WH (193212) Dimensions (W x H x D) 108 x 90 x 71 mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) 3A Division units … division units OR D E R IN FOR M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. NT … A-24 V UP power supply black 151426 NT 24- … A - 24 V DC power supply grey 078401 NT … A-24 V HS power supply black 151425 NT … A-24 V HS power supply black 151424 NT … A-24 V HS power supply grey 192113 STEP-UPS uninterruptible power supply grey 193212 55 56 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components Indicator lamps and signal horns SLE … 20 U P IN D ICATO R L A M P, G R E E N Areas of application – Increases safety even in large rooms – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges Product features – Warning light for reinforcing an optical alarm signal TECHN ICAL DATA SLE 220 UP indicator lamp, green Reflector colour green Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 18 mA Switch programme Jung AS 500, alpine white SLE … 20 U P IN D ICATO R L A M P, R E D Areas of application – Increases safety even in large rooms – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges Product features – Warning light for reinforcing an optical alarm signal TECHN ICAL DATA SLE 220 UP indicator lamp, red Reflector colour red Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 18 mA Switch programme Jung AS 500, alpine white Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SLE 220 IN D ICATO R L A M P SU R FACE- M O UN TED Areas of application – Increases safety even in large rooms – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units Product features – Warning light for reinforcing an optical alarm signal – Surface-mounted installation for simple installation without a lot of installation effort TEC HN ICA L DATA SLE 220 indicator lamp surface-mounted Dimensions (W x H x D) 61 x 61 x 74 mm Reflector colour red Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 85 mA / 24 V Switch programme Jung AS 500, alpine white IP rating IP20 FLAS HLIGHT Areas of application – Increases safety even in door situations that are poorly visible – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – In humid environments due to high IP rating Product features – Surface-mounted installation for simple installation without a lot of installation effort – Sturdy, maintenance-free and fail-safe design due to the reflector’s polycarbonate housing – Xenon tubes for high visibility performance TEC HN ICA L DATA Flashlight Dimensions (Ø x H) 93 x 72 mm Reflector colour red Flashing frequency … Hz, ± 20 % Operating voltage 20-30 VDC Current consumption 90 mA IP rating IP54 57 58 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components SIGN AL HOR N Areas of application – Increases safety even in door situations that are poorly visible – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – In humid environments due to high IP rating – Surface-mounted installation for simple installation without a lot of installation effort Product features – Controllable volume to make every application situation possible – 26 settings for signal tone TECHN ICAL DATA Signal horn Dimensions (Ø x H) 111 x … mm Reflector colour red Signal sound 26 settings Volume adjustable between 74 and 94 dB Operating voltage 10-28 VDC Current consumption 16 mA IP rating IP54 MU LTIFU N CTION A L SI R E N Areas of application – Increases safety even in large rooms – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – In humid environments due to high IP rating – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges – Can be mounted in flush-mounted sockets … mm deep Product features – Controllable volume to make every application situation possible – 28 settings for signal tone TECHN ICAL DATA Multifunctional siren Volume 20 - 107 dB/A (in … m) Signal sound Choice of 28 tones Operating voltage 10 - 28 V DC Current consumption 10 mA IP rating IP54 Installation flush-mounted sockets … mm deep Switch programme Jung AS 500, alpine white O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. SLE 220 indicator lamp flush-mounted green red 115936 115934 SLE 220 indicator lamp surface-mounted red 020866 Flashlight red 199465 Signal horn white 199469 Multifunctional siren alpine white 199471 Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Synchronising unit ST … 20 S E RV IC E T E R M I N A L Areas of application – Emergency exit system door control units – Motor locks – Building automation components – Automatic door drives – Automatic window drives Product features – IR interface for the wireless parameter setting of emergency exit system door control units – … AAA batteries for wireless operation – Wired parameter setting via RS 485 bus – Voltage supply via cable in the case of wired operation – Four-line display and slim user interface for simple operation TEC HN ICAL DATA ST 220 service terminal Dimensions 80 x 125 x 37 mm IP rating IP40 O R D E R IN FOR M AT I O N Designation ID no. 087261 ST 220 service terminal Parameter setting and diagnosis for TZ 320, automatic sliding and swing door systems from DCU software … and IQ windowdrive, battery operation with … x AA cells (not supplied by GEZE), plain text display on illuminated display, membrane keyboard for operation 59 60 61 AC C ESS C O N T RO L A N D SA FE T Y Operating elements Locked safely – and yet open in emergencies. Finally, emergency exit electric strikes must also be operated reliably, which is the purpose of the range of operating elements. If your building possesses several emergency exits, you can control and manage them. Another intelligent product is the GEZE Cockpit, our building automation system, which networks door and window technology – and increases safety even more. 62 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Operating elements myGEZE Control connectivity platform Controller system as maximum system expansion with GEZE CAN bus, I/O technology and KNX to connect all GEZE products and third-party products. SYSTE M C O N S I ST I N G O F Basic device 10x 8-channel digital input terminal Potential distribution terminals 24 V DC Power supply terminal 10x output terminals 2-channel-relay 10x output terminals 4-channel-relay 5x CAN-master terminal + CAN-connector E-bus coupler 2x terminal KNX/EIB Bus end terminal AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N BACnet IP integration in building management systems Networking of GEZE products that can be connected with CAN bus technology Networking of non BUS capable components via digital input and output terminals Networking of KNX capable GEZE window drives in the building management system Products suitable for emergency exit systems: TZ 320, TZ 321 and TZ 322 Products suitable for automatic door drives: Slimdrive, Powerturn, TSA 325 NT and Revo.PRIME Products suitable for smoke and heat extraction systems: MBZ 300 in different versions Products suitable for window systems: Slimchain, Powerchain, F 1200+ and locking systems For products with I/O technology like GEZE hold-open systems and third-party products Operating elements | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES System is also available without CAN master terminals and digital input and output terminals Maximum system expansion for one control unit, which allows for the connection of up to 200 product systems from the entire product portfolio Comprehensive, project-specific configuration according to user specifications possible (system designation, comment texts, status texts) Time function and grouped switching commands configurable via scene applications BACnet alarm concept integrated, can be adjusted to customer-specific requirements PRODUCT FEATURES myGEZE Control with GEZE CAN bus, I/O technology and KNX Controller system to connect GEZE CAN products and non bus-capable components as well as KNX/EIB components myGEZE Control with GEZE CAN bus and I/O technology k Controller system to connect GEZE CAN products and non bus-capable components to the GEZE building system myGEZE Control with GEZE CAN bus, Control unit system for smaller applications to connect the GEZE CAN products over multiple bus lines BASIC DEVICE myGEZE Control basic device Powerful embedded PC for top hat rail mounting with integrated BACnet communication TERMINALS myGEZE Control CAN master terminal Master in terminal system for integration of the GEZE CAN devices over multiple bus lines myGEZE Control 8-channel digital input terminal Digital input terminal with eight inputs to detect binary control signals from the process level myGEZE Control output terminal 2-channel relay Digital output terminal with two potential-free relay outputs and one change-over contact for each myGEZE Control output terminal 4-channel relay Digital output terminal with four potential-free relay outputs and one single contact for each myGEZE Control potential distribution terminal 24 V DC Potential distribution provides 16 terminal points with a 24 V DC potential myGEZE Control potential distribution terminal … V DC Potential distribution provides 16 terminal points with a … V DC potential myGEZE Control power supply terminal To refresh the E-bus via data exchange between the basic controller and terminals myGEZE Control terminal KNX/EIB EIB/KNX bus terminal for connection to the KNX/EIB network myGEZE Control bus end terminal For data exchange between the bus coupler and bus terminal COUPLERS myGEZE Control E-bus coupler Connects terminal system and serves to install detached coupling stations (distribution box) CONNECTORS myGEZE Control CAN connector Connector in the housing for use with the myGEZE Control CAN master terminal COVERS myGEZE Control bus end cover To cover the E-bus contacts 63 64 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Operating elements myGEZE Visu Building management software for visualisation, operation, control and monitoring of connected GEZE product systems AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Operation of a building management system for door, window and safety technology of GEZE product systems and competitors Visualisation, operation and monitoring of connected GEZE products Use of standardised workflows to release incidents Alarm concepts for forwarding incidents in modern facility management systems PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Visualisation system with modular and flexible authorisation concept Visualisation, operation, and monitoring of connected GEZE product systems Location option for devices on a customer-specific building plan Pre-defined, adaptable alarm concept for multi-stage processing of alarms, faults and messages Application for using e-mail notification service Multi-station capable operating system Activation of further functions via license model Simple and intuitive interface set-up and configuration Optimised for connection to myGEZE Control systems Parallel operation with any building management system possible Operating elements | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Accessories IO 420 E X TE N S I O N M O D U LE Area of application – Module to expand the digital inputs and outputs on the TZ 320 Product features – Plastic top-hat rail housing for installation in the control cabinet or suspended ceiling – Four integrated relays, each with a potential-free changeover contact for carrying out switching functions – Four integrated inputs for the release of switching functions and/or the placement of messages – Connection between the interface modules via RS 485 interface in line topology TEC HN ICA L DATA IO 420 extension module Dimensions 107 x 111 x 59 mm Service temperature -20 °C...+80 °C Operating voltage 24 V DC LEDs … (red), … (yellow), … (red), … (green), … (green), … (yellow), in (green), out (red) Interfaces GEZE bus … inputs … outputs DIP switch GEZE bus terminating resistor 120 Ohm Micro SD card FAT16/32 file format for setting parameters and changing settings via PC Reset button to reset factory settings 65 66 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Operating elements BUS R E P E ATE R Areas of application – Networked GEZE emergency exit systems Product features – For extending the bus length by a further 900 m – For installation on standard carrier rails – Several repeaters and carrier rail connectors are needed for implementing star and tree structures TECHN ICA L DATA BUS repeater Dimensions … x 66 x … mm IP rating IP20 Type of installation Top hat rail mounting Supply voltage 10 - 32 V DC Current consumption 80 mA (at 24 V DC) O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation ID no. CAN interface galvanically isolated CAN extension module for automatic sliding door, revolving door and swing door drives 119952 BUS repeater 142499 Contents | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS 67 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Phone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2024_09 ID no. 132408 EN Subject to change without notice
SAFETY TECHNOLOGY Access control … GEZE ACCESS CONTROL GEZE ACCESS CONTROL … Contents Overview … AC C ES S C ON T R O L GCER 300 Number code locks X8 14 … GEZE ACCESS CONTROL Installation situation, GCVR 800 Touch T, Germany (photo: GEZE GmbH) GEZE ACCESS CONTROL OV E RV IE W ACCESS CONTROL GCER 300 GCER 300 LIGHT Toplocks – – – AREAS OF APPLICATION Networked access control system Stand-alone operation ● ● ● Inside ● ● ● Outside ● – ● M ANAGEMENT POSSIBILITIES – – – Max. number of personal master records Online access points (readers) 200 200 … Max. doors for door control/monitoring … 1 … RFID ID card or personal PIN RFID ID card or personal PIN Personal PIN ACCESS AUTHORISATION PRODUCT FEATURES Online networking – – – No external control unit needed ● ● ● Easy authorisation release and management via master cards or PIN keypad on reader ● ● ● Temporary or permanent release function ● – – Authorisation and deletion of individual RFID ID cards or PINs via master cards ● ● – RFID entry level variants at attractive prices ● ● – Browser-based application with intuitive interface Easy and time-saving parameter setting Client management for buildings with several tenants Personal and ID card management ● = YES … 6 … SA F E T Y T EC HN O LO GY Access control Access control systems will enable you to ensure that only authorised people are allowed to enter your building. Only you get to determine who can enter your building – or certain areas within – how and when. Use our extensive and intelligent solutions to protect your building from unauthorised access. We offer you state-of-the-art, reliable identification methods and efficient control units – because it concerns the safety of people, valuables and data. … GEZE ACCESS CONTROL | GCER 300 GCER 300 Access control system as stand-alone solution for up to two doors Timer Reader GCVR 300 T Reader GCVR Touch 300 T ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Door control and monitoring of up to two doors Interior and exterior areas (GCER 300 Light for interior areas only) PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Up to 200 access authorisations via contactless readable transponder or personal PIN User-defined functions such as short-term release or permanent release (only for GCER 300 I/O box) Authorisation and deletion of individual transponders or PINs via master cards GCER 300 | GEZE ACCESS CONTROL … SYSTE M D ES CR I P T I O N The GCER 300 access control system offers simpleauthorisation assignment and management via the corresponding master cards and the PIN keyboard on the reader. Up to 200 users can be managed and in case of loss or defect of ID cards, they can be deleted individually from the system. Access authorisation is granted either via an ID card or alternatively via a … to 6-digit personal PIN. In addition to the short-term release, the toggle function is also possible. GCER 300 2-door access control system consists of the GCER 300 I/O box and a GCER 300 RFID reader, which can optionally be supplemented by an additional reader. The connected readers are provided with two inputs and two outputs each for door control and door monitoring, so that an additional release button can be connected for each door. Blocking inputs can be defined by means of DIPswitches. This makes it possible to implement the interlocking door system and dementia function (protection of persons with a tendency to run away). GCER 300 Light is ideal for controlling an interior door. The door can be activated directly from the reader via a relay on the reader, eliminating the need for an external control unit and making connection considerably easier. Hardware GC E R 30 … LIGH T Access control solution for monitoring and controlling one door Suitable for interior areas RFID reader with PIN keypad and integrated relay TEC HN ICAL DATA GCER 300 Light (ID 185710) Dimensions Flush-mounted 80 x 80 x 11 mm / surface-mounted 80 x 80 x 40 mm Type of installation flush-mounted (surface-mounted: frame no. 130024 necessary) Frequency … MHz, ISO 14443 A Operating voltage … to 30 V DC Connection type Clip connectors pluggable 1x relay output max. 30 V DC / … A 10 GEZE ACCESS CONTROL | GCER 300 GCER 30 … I/O B OX Access control solution for monitoring and controlling one or two door(s) Creation and management of up to 200 persons Access authorisations through ID card or 4-6 digit PIN code The system supports RFID identification media in the … MHz range (ISO14443A) Access authorisations can be created quickly and easily, and deleted as well TECHN ICAL DATA GCER 300 I/O Box (ID 185707) Function Door control and monitoring Installation Simple surface-mounted installation Connection type Screw/plug-in terminals Dimensions (W x H x D) 150 x 100 x 36 mm Operating voltage … to 30 V DC Maximum power consumption … VA Interfaces … x RS485 host not galvanically isolated … x RS485 slave (reader) not galvanically isolated Outputs … outputs (relay contact) Switching voltage: 30V/DC | Switching current: … A/DC Inputs … x inputs (only connect potential-free contacts) Sabotage contact Detects housing cover removal Tamper-proof contact Detects removal of entire device if housing cover is closed Service temperature -20 °C to +60 °C IP rating IP30 in housing (acc. to EN 60529) GCER 300 | GEZE ACCESS CONTROL GCV R … 0 … T R E A D E R RFID reader for GCER 300 access control Interior and exterior area (IP54) Non-secured exterior area Secured interior area Surface- or flush-mounted installation Read-out of access authorisations Encrypted data communication with the door control unit Optical and acoustic signalling TEC HN ICAL DATA GCVR 300 T reader flush mounting (ID 185708) RFID technologies MIFARE DESFire EV1 / MIFARE Classic Keypad Yes Signal elements … LEDs, green, yellow, red … Piezo buzzer Installation Simple flush/surface-mounted installation Connection type Pluggable … pole WAGO picoMAX eCOM clip connector Main dimensions (W x H x D) Flush-mounted 81 x 81 x 21 (11) mm Surface-mounted 81 x 81 x 40 mm Operating voltage … to 30 V DC (internal reverse polarity protection) Max. power consumption … VA Interfaces … x RS485 (2-wire), not galvanically isolated Set address via DIP switch (connectible terminating resistor) Outputs none Service temperature -20 °C to +60 °C IP rating At the front (in mounted state) IP54 The seal against the installation wall determines the maximum achievable IP rating IP54. GC E R A P S U R FACE- M O U N T E D F R A M E Surface-mounted frame for the optional surface-mounted installation of GCVR 800/800T and GCER 300 RFID reader For wall, façade and metal construction Straightforward installation of RFID readers Alternative to flush-mounted installation TEC HN ICAL DATA GCER AP surface-mounted frame (ID 130024) Housing dimensions (W x H x D) 80 x 80 x 30 mm Total depth with reader 40 mm 11 12 GEZE ACCESS CONTROL | GCER 300 WEATHE R PR OTECT I O N R O O F G CV R … 0 0, 800 (I D … 63 … 21 ) Weather protection for RFID readers Surface-mounted installation of RFID readers on wall, façade and metal structures Stainless steel material With protective flap GCV R 30 … TOU C H T FO R F LU S H - M O U N T E D I /O BOX AN D G CVR … 00 TO UCH T SU RFAC E MOU N TE D R E A D E R RFID reader for GCER 300 access control Interior and exterior area (IP54) Non-secured exterior area Secured interior area Surface- or flush-mounted installation Read-out of access authorisations Encrypted data communication with the door control unit Optical and acoustic signalling TECHN ICAL DATA GCVR 300 Touch T for flush-mounted I/O box UP GCVR 300 Touch T surface-mounted reader (ID 187108) (ID 187122) Dimensions Flush-mounted 101 x 88 x 35 (21) mm Surface mounted 101 x 88 x 41 mm Type of installation FM Flush mounting SM Surface mounting Frequency … MHz, ISO 14443 A+B Operating voltage … to 30 V DC Connection type … pole screw/plug-in terminal IP rating IP54 at the front (when mounted) Accessories RFID ID CAR D MIFA R E D ESF I R E E V … Authentication at access points RFID frequency … MHz Encrypted data communication TECHN ICAL DATA RFID ID card MIFARE DESFire EV2 (ID 185711) Chip card technology MIFARE DESFire EV2 Frequency … MHz GCER 300 | GEZE ACCESS CONTROL GC E R 30 … MAST E R SYST E M DATA RFID ID card for administration of access authorisations RFID frequency … MHz Encrypted data communication TEC HN ICAL DATA GCER 300 master system card (ID 185713) Chip card technology MIFARE Frequency … MHz RF ID K E Y FOB Authentication at access points RFID frequency … MHz Encrypted data communication TEC HN ICAL DATA RFID key fob (ID 185712) Chip card technology MIFARE DESFire EV2 Frequency … MHz OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version GCER 300 access control for … or … doors ID no. 185714 GCER 300 Light - … door access control grau 185710 GCER 300 I/O Box grau 185707 GCVR 300 T reader flush mounting grau 185708 GCER AP surface-mounted frame grau 130024 Weather protection roof GCVR 300, 800 163521 GCVR Touch 300 T for flush-mounted I/O Box 187108 GCVR 300 Touch T surface-mounted reader 187122 ACCESSORIES RFID ID card MIFARE DESFire EV2 185711 GCER 300 master system card 185713 RFID key fob 185712 13 14 GEZE ACCESS CONTROL | Number code locks Number code locks NU MB E R C OD E LO C K S W I T H CAST H O U S I NG AN D M ETAL KEYPADS AS VAN DALI SM PR OTECT ION The TOPLOCK number code locks are a simple access control option which needs neither keys nor passes. Doors can only be opened when the correct number code has been entered, making ‘lockout’ practically impossible. The CTI variants are particularly suitable for internal applications, since the activating relay is fitted directly to the reader. Installation and connection are made much easier since no control unit is needed. The CTS variants are ideal for external applications, since the external control unit makes them manipulation-proof and they also have a sturdy metal keypad. A master code is used to enter up to … code numbers, each a maximum of … digits, via the keypad. Once the data has been entered, it will remain stored even in the case of a power failure. Toplock CTI Toplock CTI B with lighting Toplock CTS V with metal keypad Toplock CTS BV with lighting Number code locks | GEZE ACCESS CONTROL 15 OV E RV IE W Operating voltage Output IP rating Dimensions Toplock CTI Toplock CTI B with lighting Toplock CTS V with metal keypad Toplock CTS BV with lighting 12/24 V DC / 12 V AC 12/24 V DC / 12 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC potential-free relay output 250 V 5A potential-free relay output 250 V 5A potential-free potential-free normally opened contact normally opened contact 24 V DC 24 V DC 1A 1A IP65 IP65 IP65 (keypad), IP43 (evaluating unit) IP65 (keypad), IP43 (evaluating unit) 80 x 80 x 15 mm 60 x 126 x 22,5 mm 80 x 80 x 15 mm bzw. 110 x 188 x 40 mm 60 x 126 x 22,5 mm or 110 x 188 x 40 mm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation ID no. Toplock CTI, number code lock with integrated evaluating unit 090061 Toplock CTI B, illuminated number code lock with integrated evaluating unit 090063 Toplock CTS V, number code lock with external evaluating unit, metal keypad for increased protection against vandalism 090077 Toplock CTS V, illuminated number code lock with external evaluating unit, metal keypad for increased protection against vandalism 090079 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 Email: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2022_06 ID no. 132158 EN Subject to change without notice